leading the way in innovative led lighting and control solutons lighting catalog 1st edition

Leading the Way in Innovative LED Lighting and Control Solutons

Lighting Catalog1st Edition

Lighting Catalog1st Edition

At LSI Hamilton Lighting, we understand the challenges you face when designing a lighting system. Fixture

design and performance are important as well as zoning issues and compliance codes. Backed with decades of

solid lighting and applications experience, our team will design an energy-e�cient lighting system using LSI

Industries’ products to meet your speci�c requirements – and then back it with excellent service so you can be

con�dent that your project will be delivered on time and within budget.

Whether you are retro�tting an existing site or building a new one, you are making a signi�cant investment with

your lighting system. Make sure you do it with a company who will stand by their product today and tomorrow.

For almost 40 years, LSI Industries has strived to deliver the most creative, innovative and cost-e�ective high-

performance solutions in the world. That’s true in everything LSI does – from leading the way in LED technology

to pioneering high-impact ways to enhance its customers’ identities.

About Our Lighting Partner - LSI Industries Inc.

LSI Hamilton Lighting Systems – Serving the commercial, tennis, petroleum, multi-site retail and restaurant

markets throughout Australia and New Zealand.

LSI is a vertically integrated manufacturer who combines assimilated technology, design and manufacturing to deliver the most reliable, energy-e�cient, cost-e�cient solutions possible. LSI is dedicated to advancing solid-state technology to make a�ordable, high-performance, energy-e�cient lighting and custom graphic products that bring high value to our customers. In addition, LSI can provide sophisticated lighting and energy management control solutions to help customers

further manage their energy performance.

Investing

in Our Future

LSI is committed to advancing technology throughout all

aspects of its business – in both product solutions and production techniques. We are committed to

American innovation through technology.

Protecting

Your Investment

Our LED fi xtures go through rigorous testing in our lab and

are tested and listed to UL standards by independent labs to ensure we are delivering the

best, most reliable product available.

Backed

by LSI Industries

LSI backs its LED products with a comprehensive 5-year warranty and the strongest service team in

the market. Convinced that its experience and expertise will

meet your application needs, LSI prominently displays its logo on

all of our LED products.

Through its market-leading Crossover LED technology platform, LSI creates extraordinary value by providing

reliable LED products expertly designed to deliver the best possible illumination for the application in terms of

see-ability, visual comfort, aesthetics and minimum energy consumption.

LSI Industries has more experience in fi xture design and manufacturing

than any other LED company and more LED experience than any other

lighting manufacturer. LSI Hamilton Lighting has been the leading lighting

provider in Australia and New Zealand for over a decade. Together, they are

the best lighting partner serving this marketplace.

Experience Makes the Diff erence

CROSS OVER TO SOLID-STATE LIGHTING

The LSI Diff erence is in the Intelligence

Brilliantly Engineered Optics

Tri-Lume™ Optics – The unique combination of a sealed fl at optical

grade tempered glass lens, high-effi ciency precision refl ectors and

optimized LEDs translates to outstanding illumination and light

placement. The glass lens is 5 times more impact resistant than

standard glass and protects the electrical components. LSI’s IP67

sealed optics provide high color rendering and color consistency.

Quality through Vertical Integration

Top performance means exceeding our customers’ expectations in

everything we do. As a vertically integrated manufacturer, LSI is

uniquely qualifi ed to deliver high customer value through

uncompromising quality control and unrelenting cost containment.

Intelligent Thermal Control

Heat Management – LSI’s unique, patented heat management

design provides optimal system effi ciency to create the lowest

internal operating temperatures possible. Fixture temperature

lowers automatically when needed in imperceptible 5% increments

until a safe operating temperature is reached. Reducing the potential

for overheating increases the lifespan of the fi xture.

Intelligent Controls

With integrated energy-saving control options, you can enjoy even

greater energy savings plus see a radical improvement in the look

and feel of your lighting. LSI controls let you regulate your energy

consumption to meet your requirements around the clock.

• Controls, Monitoring and Alerting • Motion and Photo Sensors • Energy Analysis and Reporting • Wireless Mesh Networking • Light Harvesting

LSI has made signifi cant investments to develop R & D eff orts and to automate production capacities so more LSI

products are manufactured by an LSI facility. This, combined with rigorous testing, ensures products meet LSI’s

stringent quality requirements to perform effi ciently and safely to industry standards.

Operational Impact (Target Payback of < 3 Years)

LSI LED fi xtures are designed with a target payback of less than 3 years. With quick and easy installation, low

maintenance, long life, optimum performance and energy effi ciency, LSI solutions quickly pay for themselves

and continue to add value over time.

DuraGrip® Finishing Process

Committed to excellence in all its products, LSI Industries applies

the same high quality standards to our fi nishing process as we do

the fabrication of our products. Each LSI fi xture, pole and brackets

are fi nished with our patented DuraGrip polyester powder coat

fi nishing process. The DuraGrip fi nish withstands extreme weather

changes without cracking or peeling and is guaranteed for a full

fi ve years.

The Most Effi cient LED Fixtures

LSI’s proprietary patented intelligence platform utilizes internal and

external components for optimal system effi ciency. Each fi xture is

designed to perform for a specifi c lighting application. With a variety

of drive currents, high performance LEDs and unique heat

management, LSI fi xtures deliver tremendous performance.

Beauty to Complement the Intelligence

Sleek contemporary and traditional housing designs represent the

ultimate blend of design sophistication and technological

innovation in an aesthetically pleasing fi xture. With clean

lines and architectural styling, LSI’s fi xtures are sure to

TABLE OF CONTENTSLED LIGHTING

INGROUND LSI Greenlee LED Inground Light (XIG). . .56

BOLLARDLSI Greenlee LED Spec Grade Bollard

(XHYP3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

LED Bollard Light (XBVRD) . . . . . . . . . . 60

GARAGE/CANOPY/SOFFITLED Parking Garage Light (XPG3) . . . . . 62

LED Linear Parking Garage (XLPG) . . . . 64

LED Surface Mount - Legacy (CRU SM). . .66

LED Soffit Light (XSL2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

INDUSTRIALLED High Bay Light (XHB3) 128. . . . . . . 70LED High Bay Light (XHB3) 176. . . . . . . 72

LED Linear High Bay (XHLB) . . . . . . . . . 74

LED Linear High Bay w/ Uplight (XLHB). . . . 76

LED Linear High Bay - PMX . . . . . . . . . . 78

LED Narrow Aisle High Bay - IMXNB. . . 79

LED Strip - S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

LED Lensed Strip - SDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

LED Enclosed & Gasketed - Angled Lens(EG3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

LED Wide Enclosed & Gasketed (EGW). . . . 83

INTERIOR/AMBIENTLED High Efficiency, Expansive CavityRecessed (ASC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

LED Peak Efficiency Recessed DirectIndirect (PEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

LED Low Profile Wraparound - (WNA) . . .86

LED Precision 1x4 Wrap - (88). . . . . . . . 87

LED Dome Wrap - Surface/Pendant Mount - (DW). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

LED Wall/Ceiling Mount - (W44) . . . . . . 89

AREALED Area Light - Sterling (XSB) . . . . . . . . .6

LED Area Light - Slice (XLCS) . . . . . . . . . .8LED Area Light - Slice (XLCM) . . . . . . . . 10

LED Area Light - AeroMax Small (XASU) . . . 12LED Area Light - AeroMax Medium (XAMU). . .14

LED Area Light - Challenger Medium (XCHM3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

LED Area Light - Patriot Small (XPTS3). . . .18LED Area Light -Patriot (XPT3) . . . . . . . 20

LED Area Light - (XGBM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

LED Area Light - (PASU). . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

ROADWAYLED Roadway Light - Small (XRSU) . . . 26LED Roadway Light - Medium (XRMU). . .28LED Roadway Light - (PRSU). . . . . . . . . 30

DECORATIVE PED SCALE AREALED Constitution (XCN3) . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

LED Enterprise (XENM3). . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

LED Lexington (XLXM3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

PETROLEUM CANOPY

LED Canopy Light - LegacyTM Double Deck (CRUS - DDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

LED Canopy Light - LegacyTM Double Deck (CRU - DDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

LED Surface Mount - LegacyTM

(CRUS SM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42LED Surface Mount - LegacyTM

(CRUS SM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

WALL MOUNTLED Challenger Wall Sconce

(XCHWM3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

LED Greenbriar Wall Sconce (XGBWM3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

LED Patriot Wall Sconce (XPWS3). . . . . 50

LED Wall Lights - AeroMax (XAWSU/XAWMU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

ACCENT & FLOODLED Flood Light - Medium (XFLM) . . . . 54

RLMLSI Abolite LED Angled Reflector (AD) . . . 90

LSI Abolite LED Deep Bowl (BD) . . . . . . 92

LSI Abolite LED Radial Wave (RWD) . . . 94

LSI Abolite LED Standard Dome (RD) . . . 96

ACCENT/SIGN/WALL WASHLED Micro Wall Wash (MWW). . . . . . . . 98

LED Linear High Output Light (LXW2) . . 100

LINEAR DISPLAY & ACCENTLED Linear High Output Light (LXC2) . .101LED Linear Display Light (LDL3) . . . . . 102LED Linear Strip Light (LSL2) . . . . . . . 103

LED Linear Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

TABLE OF CONTENTSOUTDOOR LIGHTING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AREA Challenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Challenger II Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Patriot Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Patriot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

AREA - ARCHITECTURAL Enterprise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Lexington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

POLES & BRACKETSSteel Square Poles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Steel Round Tapered Poles. . . . . . . . . . 120Area Lighting Brackets - Bolt-On . . . . . 122Area Lighting Brackets - Tenon Mount. 124Flood Lighting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . 125LSI Abolite Pole Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . 126

WALL MOUNTPatriot Wall Sconce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

ACCENT & FLOOD Doral Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Doral Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

INGROUND/UPLIGHT/ACCENTLSI Greenlee RDB/RDS Series . . . . . . . 134

LSI Greenlee RDB/RDS Installation . . . 136

SPORTS LIGHTINGAerosystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Courtsider XL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

INDOOR LIGHTING

APPENDIX

Terms of Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

RETAIL/INDUSTRIAL - FLUORESCENT BAYS

Linear Fluorescent High Bay - PMX . . . . 142

Narrow Aisle High Bay - IMXNB, IMXNBW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

INDOOR LIGHTING

© 2014 LSI INDUSTRIES INC.

Project Name Fixture Type

Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

6

AR

EA

DARK-SKY FRIENDLYDDARK-SKY FRIENDLY

SMARTTEC™ - LSI drivers feature integral sensor which reduces drive current, when ambient temperatures exceed rated temperature.

ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTIONS - DIM - 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. BLS - Bi-level switching responds to external line voltage signal from separate 120-277V controller or sensor (by others), with low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current.

OCCUPANCY SENSING (IMS) – Optional integral passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~2 minutes. Sensor is located on the center of the access cover and has a detection cone of approximately 45°.

EXPECTED LIFE - Minimum 60,000 hours to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance.

LEDS - Quantity of LEDs between 168 and 302 offered in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature. 70 CRI (nominal).

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Available in wide throw (Type 5 and Type FT) and extended wide throw (Type 5X, AIX, FTX, FTAX) distributions. FT-L, FT-R, FTX-L, FTX-R, FTAX-L and FTAX-R allow for D180° mounting configurations with factory set optics for front row automotive applications.

HOUSING - One-piece die-cast aluminum housing contains four gasketed die-cast aluminum optical assemblies. Self-cleaning, vertically oriented structural ribs cast into housing allow for maximum heat dissipation. All hardware is stainless steel.

OPTICAL UNITS - Patented and patent pending angled optical assemblies feature clear tempered optical-grade glass sealed to die-cast aluminum optic assembly to create super-tight IP67 protection (includes pressure stabilizing breather). Lens is mounted perpendicular to angled LEDs to produce widest distribution with highest efficacy possible.

MOUNTING - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. Die-cast aluminum mounting arm, with gasket supplied for use between pole and arm, mounts to round or square pole. Round pole plate not required. Standard fixture arm allows for 90° and 120° mounting configurations. Mounting arm wiring access panel (with safety lanyard) utilizes a tool-less thumbscrew fastener.

ELECTRICAL - Terminal block, in mounting arm, for attachment of incoming primary wiring is supplied. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input) and 347-480VAC. Optional twistlock photocell receptacle is available. Photocell must be ordered separately.

DRIVERS - Available in SS (Super Saver), HO (High Output) and VHO (Very High Output) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programed.). Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards. Drivers can be easily accessed by removing tethered center access cover.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F).

FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling.

WARRANTY - LSI LED fixtures carry a limited 5-year warranty.

PHOTOMETRICS - Please visit our web site at www.lsi-industries.com for detailed photometric data.

SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 65 lbs./29.5Kg

LISTING - ETL listed to U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.

LED AREA LIGHTS - STERLING® (XSB)

US patents D676182, D675361, 7828456, 8002428, 7952293, 8432108 & 8567983 and CN patents 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 5 Type 5X Type AIX Type FT Type FTX Type FTAX

5/5X/AIX FT FTX/FTAX

SS

HO

VHO

SS

HO

VHO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XSBLumens (Nominal) Watts (Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 22600

26400

-

18200

22300

-

25400

31000

42200

20700

26100

35200

-

28800

41300

-

24800

35300

24600

29200

-

20900

24300

-

13700

16900

-

11400

14000

-

240

312

491

240

312

491

181

233

-

181

233

-

285

366

420

285

366

420

-

29000

35700

-

24600

33600Neut

ral W

hite

LED Chips are frequently updated therefore values may increase.

This product, or selected versions of this product, meet the standards listed below. Please consult factory for your specific requirements.

ARRAFunding Compliant

wet location

IP65IP67

Fixtures comply with ANSI C136.31-2010 American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Vibration 3G requirements.

DOE LIGHTING FACTSDepartment of Energy has verified representative product test data and results in accordance with its Lighting Facts Program. Visit www.lightingfacts.com for specific catalog strings.



Catalog #

LED

7

AR

EA

TYPICAL ORDER EXAMPLE:

LUMINAIRE ORDERING INFORMATION

XSB FTX LED HO CW UE WHT VCM

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATION (Accessories are field installed)

Description Order Number Description Order Number

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XSBSingle

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

1.4

2.7

2.6

4.0

4.2

5.3

FOOTNOTES:1 - IMS, DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2 - Do not specify for satellite units. 3 - Available with wireless controls - contact factory. Not

available with DIM or BLS4- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.

5 - House Side Shields add to fixture EPA. Consult factory.6 - Factory installed PCR option required. See Options.7 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.8 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.9 - To be used in conjunction with any of the VCM control modules and ES sensor option in fixture. Consult factory.

XSB-FT/FTX/FTAX-HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 525144BLK5

XSB PLS Polycarbonate Shield 526013BKS-BO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mounting Bracket 123111CLRPC120 Photocell for use with PCR option (120V) 1225146

PC208-277 Photocell for use with PCR option (208V, 240V, 277V) 1225156

PC347 Photocell for use with PCR option (347V) 1595166


FK120 Single Fusing (120V) FK1207


DFK208, 240 Double Fusing (208V, 240V) DFK208, 2407

DFK480 Double Fusing (480V) DFK4807


ROSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V Occupancy Sensor C/F8


RPSB120 - Wet Location Remote Box with 120V External Photocell C/F8

RPSB208-277 - Wet Location Remote Box with 208-277V External Photocell C/F8

PMOS120 - 120V Pole-Mount Occupancy Sensor 518030CLR9

PMOS208/240 - 208, 240V Pole-Mount Occupancy Sensor C/F9


Note: House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult Factory.

LEFT AND RIGHT VERSIONS OF TYPE FT, FTX & FTAX REFLECTORS (TOP VIEW)

Use TypesFT-L

FTX-LFTAX-L

(left)

Use TypeFT-RFTX-R

FTAX-R

(right)

pole

Area to be Lit

DIMENSIONS

Top View

Side View

House Side Shield (525144BLK)

Front View

PolycarbonateShield - PLS

8-3/8"(213 mm)

6"(152 mm)

5-5/16"(135 mm)

23-1/4"(591 mm)

23-1/4"(591 mm)

32-3/4"(832 mm)

3-5/8"(92 mm)

8-7/8"(225 mm)

Prefix FinishColorTemperature

XSB LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage

UE - UniversalVoltage

(120-277V)

347-480 UniversalVoltage

(347-480V)

BLK - BlackBRZ - BronzeGPT - GraphiteMSV - Metallic SilverPLP - Platinum PlusSVG - Satin Verde GreenWHT - White

Sensor/OptionsControlsLightSource

Distribution

SS - Super Saver (5,5X,FT,FTX,only)

HO -High Output

VHO -Very High Output (Type 5X, AIX, FTAX only)

DriveCurrent

SensorES- External Sensor2

IMS- Integral Motion Sensor3

OptionsPCR - Photoelectric Control Receptacle4

5 - Type V

5X - Type V Extended

AIX - Automotive Interior Extended

FT - Forward Throw

FT-L - Forward Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Left Side)

FT-R - Forward Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Right Side)

FTX - Type FT Extended

FTX-L - Type FT Extended Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Left Side)

FTX-R - Type FT Extended Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Right Side)

FTAX - Forward Throw Automotive Extended

FTAX-L - Forward Throw Automotive Extended Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Left Side)

FTAX-R - Forward Throw Automotive Extended Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Right Side)

Virtinet Wireless Network(requires a Ventura controller/Malibu link)(blank) - NoneVCM - Standard (revenue grade)VCMH - Standard (Host)DIM - 0-10 volt dimming(required for satellite fixtures)

Stand-Alone Control(blank) - NoneDIM - 0-10V Dimming1

(from external signal)BLS - Bi-level Switching1

(from external signal - requires 120-277V controls system voltage)

Note: Distributions are not field-rotatable. For D180 Forward Throw installations specify left (FT-L, FTX-L or FTAX-L) and/or right (FT-R, FTX-R or FTAX-R) side mounting. Orientation is based on standing at the pole and looking out at the area to be lit.

LED AREA LIGHTS - STERLING® (XSB)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

8

AR

EA SMARTTEC™ - LSI drivers feature integral sensor which reduces drive current, when ambient

temperatures exceed rated temperature.

ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTION - DIM - 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. Available with High Output (HO) drive current only.


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal), or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Types FT and 5. Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels.

HOUSING - One-piece, die-formed aluminum housing contains factory prewired driver. Wiring access door (with safety lanyard) located underneath.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered flat glass lens permanently sealed to weather-tight aluminum optic frame creates an IP65 rated optical unit (includes pressure-stabilizing breather).

MOUNTING - Tapered rear design allows fixtures to be mounted in 90° and 120° configurations without the need for extension arms. Use with 3” reduced drilling pattern. A round pole plate is required for mounting to round poles. Wall mount available by ordering wall mounting bracket (BKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR). Proprietary pole quick mount accessories available with horizontal mounting or fixed 15° angled mounting (PQMH-KIT-CLR and PQM15-KIT-CLR) for mounting to square poles. See Accessory Ordering Information chart for all brackets.

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277 VAC (50/60Hz input), and 347-480 VAC. Optional button-type photocells (PCI) are available in 120, 208, 240, 277 or 347 volt (supply voltage must be specified).

DRIVER - Available in SS (Super Saver) and HO (High Output) drive currents. Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with FCC standards. Driver and key electronic components can easily be accessed.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F)

FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling. Available in black, bronze and white. Other standard LSI finishes available. Consult factory.



SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - One fixture: 17.5 lbs. (7.9 kg). Packed two per carton: 30 lbs. (13.6 kg).

LISTING - UL listed to U.S. and international safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



wet location IP65

Fixtures comply with ANSI C136.31-2010 American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire Vibration 1.5G requirements.

LED AREA LIGHTS - LSI SLICE SMALL (XLCS)US & Int'l. patents pending

Type FT Type 5

11400 11400 97

15500 15700 140

9200 9300 97

12100 12200 140

SS

HO

SS

HO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XLCSLumens (Nominal) Watts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

lW

hite





Catalog #

LED

9

AR

EA

LED AREA LIGHTS - LSI SLICE SMALL (XLCS)



XLCS 5 LED SS CW UE BLK PCI120



LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XLCSSingle

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

0.4

0.8

0.6

1.4

1.4

1.6

FOOTNOTES:1 - House Side Shields add to fixture EPA. Consult factory.2 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.

BKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mount Bracket 382132CLRXLCS-FT-HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 575446BLK1

X4RPP Round Pole Plate for 4" Poles 379967CLRX5RPP Round Pole Plate for 5" Poles 379968CLRFK120 Single Fusing (120V) FK1202





PQMH-KIT-CLR Square Pole Quick Mount Horizontal Bracket 582328CLRPQM15-KIT-CLR Square Pole Quick Mount Bracket w/fixed 15˚ Angle 582328CLR


DIMENSIONS

HOUSE SIDE SHEILD


XLCS LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

DIM - O-10V Dimming (from external signal) available with High Output (HO) drive current onlyButton Type Photocells PCI120 - 120V PCI208-277V - 208-277V PCI347 - 347V

Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347-480 Universal Voltage

(347-480V)

BLK - BlackBRZ - BronzeWHT - White

OptionsLightSource

Distribution

SS - Super Saver HO -High Output

DriveCurrent

5 - Type V

FT - Forward Throw

16-5/16”(414mm)

9”(228mm)

1-15/16”(49mm)

7/8”(23mm)

13 - 1/2”(343mm)

4-7/8”(123mm)

4-1/4”(108mm)

4-1/8”(104mm)

18o

27-11/16”(703mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

10

AR

EA


ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTION - DIM - 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. Available with High Output (HO) drive current only.


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal), or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Types FT, FT-L, FT-R and 5. FT-L and FT-R allow for D180 mounting configurations with factory set optics for applications such as automotive front row. Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels.

HOUSING - One-piece, die-formed aluminum housing contains factory prewired driver. Wiring access door (with safety lanyard) located underneath.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered flat glass lens permanently sealed to weather-tight aluminum optic frame creates an IP65 rated optical unit (includes pressure-stabilizing breather).

MOUNTING - Tapered rear design allows fixtures to be mounted in 90° and 120° configurations without the need for extension arms. Use with 3” reduced drilling pattern. A round pole plate is required for mounting to round poles. Wall mount available by ordering wall mounting bracket (BKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR). Proprietary pole quick mount accessories available with horizontal mounting or fixed 15° angled mounting (PQMH-KIT-CLR and PQM15-KIT-CLR) for mounting to square poles. See Accessory Ordering Information chart for all brackets.

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277 VAC (50/60Hz input), and 347-480 VAC. Optional button-type photocells (PCI) are available in 120, 208, 240, 277 or 347 volt (supply voltage must be specified).

DRIVER - Available in SS (Super Saver) and HO (High Output) drive currents. Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with FCC standards. Driver and key electronic components can easily be accessed.


FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling. Available in black, bronze and white. Other standard LSI finishes available. Consult factory.



SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - One fixture: 25.25 lbs. (11.5 kg). Packed two per carton: 43.5 lbs. (19.7 kg).

LISTING - UL listed to U.S. and international safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



wet location

IP65


LED AREA LIGHTS - LSI SLICE MEDIUM (XLCM)US & Int'l. patents pending

Type FT Type 5

22800 22900 193

30900 31100 278

18400 18500 193

24100 23900 278

SS

HO

SS

HO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XLCMLumens (Nominal) Watts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

lW

hite





Catalog #

LED

11

AR

EA

LED AREA LIGHTS - LSI SLICE MEDIUM (XLCM)



XLCM 5 LED SS CW UE BLK PCI120



LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XLCMSingle

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

0.5

1.0

0.8

1.7

1.7

1.9

FOOTNOTES:1 - House Side Shields add to fixture EPA. Consult factory.2 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.

BKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mount Bracket 382132CLRXLCM-FT-HSS RM House Side Shield (Black only - rear mounted) 575448BLK1

X4RPP Round Pole Plate for 4" Poles 379967CLRX5RPP Round Pole Plate for 5" Poles 379968CLRFK120 Single Fusing (120V) FK1202



DIMENSIONS


XLCM LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

DIM - O-10V Dimming (from external signal) available with High Output (HO) drive current onlyButton Type Photocells PCI120 - 120V PCI208-277V - 208-277V PCI347 - 347V

Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347-480 UniversalVoltage

(347-480V)

BLK - BlackBRZ - BronzeWHT - White

OptionsLightSource

Distribution

SS - Super Saver HO -High Output

5 - Type V

FT - Forward Throw

FT-L - Forward Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Left Side)

FT-R - Forward Optic Rotated for D180 Mount (Right Side)

DriveCurrent

19-5/16”(490mm)

11-3/16”(284mm)

7/8”(23mm)1-15/16”

(49mm)

4-7/8”(123mm)

15o

34-5/16(871mm)

LEFT AND RIGHT VERSIONS OF TYPE FT REFLECTORS (TOP VIEW)

Use TypeFT-L

(left)

Use TypeFT-R

(right)

pole

Area to be Lit

Note: Optics are not field-rotatable. For D180 Forward Throw installations specify left (FT-L) and/or right (FT-R) side mounting. Orientation is based on standing at the pole and looking out at the area to be lit.

HOUSE SIDE SHEILD

16-1/2”(419mm)

6-3/4”(171mm)

4-7/8”(124mm)




PQMH-KIT-CLR Square Pole Quick Mount Horizontal Bracket 582328CLRPQM15-KIT-CLR Square Pole Quick Mount Bracket w/fixed 15˚ Angle 582328CLR



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

12

AR

EA


ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTIONS – DIM – 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. BLS – Bi-level switching responds to a 120-277V signal from separate controller or sensor (by others), with low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current.

OCCUPANCY SENSOR (IMS) - Optional internal passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~ 2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 sec.) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Sensor is located on the front of optical assembly. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°. Examples of detection - occurs 30’ out from a 30’ mounting height pole; occurs 20’ out from a 20’ mounting height pole.


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature. 70 CRI (nominal).

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Types 3, FT and 5. Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels. Improved backlight cutoff minimizes light trespass.

HOUSING - One-piece, die-formed aluminum. Weather-tight housing contains factory prewired driver and field connections. Extruded one-piece EPDM gasketed wiring access door (with safety lanyard) is located underneath and utilizes tool-less thumbscrew fastener.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered optical grade flat glass lens sealed to aluminum optics housing creates an IP67 rated, sealed optical unit (includes pressure-stabilizing breather). Optical unit is recessed into housing cavity and sealed to the housing with extruded one-piece EPDM gasket. Optical unit lanyard serves dual purposes of safety and provides positive ground between unit and housing.

MOUNTING - Tapered rear design allows fixtures to be mounted in a quad pattern without the need for extension arms. Use with 3” reduced drilling pattern on round and square poles. A round pole plate (X4RPP, X5RPP) is required for mounting to round poles. Wall mount available by ordering wall mounting bracket (BKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR). See Accessory Ordering Information chart for all brackets.

ELECTRICAL - A terminal block for attachment of incoming primary wiring is supplied. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input), and 347-480 VAC. Optional twistlock photocell receptacle is available. Photocell must be ordered separately.

DRIVER - Available in SS (Super Saver) and HO (High Output) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards. Driver and key electronic components can easily be accessed.





SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 31 lbs. / 14.1 Kg


LED AREA LIGHTS - AEROMAX® SMALL (XASU)US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428 and CAN 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 3 Type FT Type 5 SS

HOSSHO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XASULumens (Nominal)# of

LEDSWatts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 7000850067007900

6200765057006700

6100750056006700

69896989

64646464Ne

utra

lW

hite




wet location

IP65IP67





Catalog #

LED

13

AR

EA



XASU FT LED 64 HO CW UE WHT PCR



LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XASUSingle

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

0.9

2.0

1.6

2.7

2.8

3.1

FOOTNOTES:1- IMS, DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2 - Do not specify for satellite units.3- Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems, DIM or BLS.4- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.5 - House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory.

6 - Factory installed PCR option required. 7 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.8 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.9 - To be used in conjunction with any of the VCM control modules and ES sensor option in fixture. Consult factory.

BKA-XBO-EC-6-CLR 6" Extension Arm 382136CLRBKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mounting Bracket 382132CLRXASU-HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 544103BLK5

X4RPP Round Pole Plate for 4" Poles 379967CLRX5RPP Round Pole Plate for 5" Poles 379968CLRPC120 Photocell for use with PCR option (120V) 1225146














PMOS208/240 - 208V, 240V Pole-Mount Occupancy Sensor C/F9




XASU LED 64 CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)

347-480 - UniversalVoltage

(347-480V)


Optional Sensor/Options

Optional ControlsLightSource

Distribution # ofLEDs

SS - Super SaverHO -High Ouput

DriveCurrent

SensorES - External Sensor2

IMS - Integral Motion Sensor3


3 - Type III5 - Type VFT - Forward Throw

Virtinet Wireless Network(requires a Ventura controller/Malibu link)(blank) - NoneVCM - Standard (revenue grade)VCMB - BasicVCMH - Standard (Host)VCMBH - Basic (Host)DIM - 0-10 volt dimming(required for satellite fixtures)

Stand-Alone Control(blank) - NoneDIM - 0-10V Dimming (from external signal)1

BLS - Bi-level Switching (from external 120-277V signal)1

LED AREA LIGHTS - AEROMAX® SMALL (XASU)

DIMENSIONS

Front View Side View

Bottom View

6-3/8"(161 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm)

26-1/2"(674 mm)

3-1/4"(82 mm)

7-7/8"(200 mm)

House Side Shield



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

14

AR

EA


ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTIONS – DIM – 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. BLS – Bi-level switching responds a 120-277V signal from separate controller or sensor (by others). Low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current.

OCCUPANCY SENSOR (IMS) - Optional internal passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~ 2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 sec.) to low level. Sensor located on the front of optical assembly. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°. Examples of detection - occurs 30’ out from a 30’ mounting height pole.




HOUSING - One-piece, die-formed aluminum, weather-tight housing contains factory prewired driver and field connections. Extruded one-piece EPDM gasketed wiring access door (with safety lanyard) located underneath and utilizes tool-less thumbscrew fastener.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered flat glass lens sealed to aluminum optics housing creates an IP67 rated, sealed optical unit (includes pressure-stabilizing breather). Optical unit is recessed into housing cavity and sealed to the housing with extruded one-piece EPDM gasket. Optical unit lanyard serves dual purposes of safety and provides positive ground between unit and housing.








SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 39 lbs. / 17.7 Kg


LED AREA LIGHTS - AEROMAX® MEDIUM (XAMU)US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428 and CAN 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int'l. patents pending


HOSSHO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XAMULumens (Nominal)# of

LEDSWatts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 13500165001240015000

14100173001320015800

12100148001120012500

139176139176

128128128128Ne

utra

lW

hite




wet location

IP65IP67





Catalog #

LED

15

AR

EA



XAMU FT LED 128 HO CW UE WHT PCR



LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XAMUSingle

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

1.4

2.8

2.4

4.0

4.0

4.7

FOOTNOTES:1- IMS, DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2 - Do not specify for satellite units.3- Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems, DIM or BLS.4- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.5 - House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory.

6 - Factory installed PCR option required. 7 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.8 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.9 - To be used in conjunction with any of the VCM control modules and ES sensor option in fixture. Consult factory.

BKA-XBO-EC-6-CLR 6" Extension Arm 382136CLRBKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mounting Bracket 382132CLRXAMU-3/FT-HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 524670BLK5



















XAMU LED 128 CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)


(347-480V)


Optional Sensor/OptionsOptional ControlsLightSource



DriveCurrent








LED AREA LIGHTS - AEROMAX® MEDIUM (XAMU)

DIMENSIONS (shown with VCM/VCMES option)

Front View Side View Bottom View

1-9/16"(39 mm)

6-3/8"(161 mm)

35-7/16"(900 mm)

5"(127 mm)

12-3/4"(324 mm)

18-5/16"(465 mm)

XAMU HSS - House Side Shield



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

16

AR




LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Type 3, 5 and FT. Exceptional uniformity with full cutoff creates bright environment at lower light levels. Improved backlight cutoff minimizes light trespass.

HOUSING - Radiused, rectangular-shaped, aluminum housing with stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel mounting hardware.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered optical grade flat glass lens sealed to aluminum housing creates an IP67 rated, sealed optical unit. Pressure stabilizing breather allows super-tight protection while preventing temperature cycling from building up internal pressures and vacuums that can stress optical unit seals. Patented integral single-blade heat sink does not trap dirt and grime, ensuring cool running performance over the life of the fixture. Two stainless steel captive fasteners allow easy access to driver. One-piece extruded EPDM gasket seals optical assembly against housing.

MOUNTING - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. An extruded radius 8” arm is shipped standard and compatible with all fixture mounting configurations. The fixture may also be mounted to 3”-5” round poles using the round pole plate adaptor accessory (RPP2), which must be ordered separately.

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (UE-50/60Hz input) and 347-480VAC. Optional twistlock photocell receptacle is available. Photocell must be ordered separately.

DRIVER - Available in 350mA and 450mA drive currents. (Drive currents are factory programmed). State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with FCC 47 CFR part 15 RFI/EMI standard.





SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 33 lbs./15Kg

LISTING - ETL listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for wet locations.



wet location

IP67

LED AREA LIGHTS - CHALLENGER® MEDIUM (XCHM3)US patent 7828456, 8002428 and CAN 2736757 & 2736757 and MX patent 29631 and ISRL 49679 and AUS 2008312668 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 3 Type 5 Type FT

Lumens (Nominal)# of LEDS

350 mA 128 12800 12100 13000 141450 mA 128 15200 14300 15500 187

350 mA 128 11700 11100 11700 141450 mA 128 13400 12200 14000 187

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

l Whi

te

LIGHT OUTPUT - XCHM3


Watts(Nominal)

Also available in traditional light sources



Catalog #

LED

17

AR

EA

LED AREA LIGHTS - CHALLENGER® MEDIUM (XCHM3)

Prefix FinishColor Temperature

XCHM3 - LED Challenger Medium

LED 128 CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)

347-480


OptionsLight SourceDistribution # of LEDs



XCHM3 FT LED 128 450 CW UE WHT PCR


PC120 - Photocell 1225142

PC208-277 - Photocell for 208V, 240V or 277V 1225152



RPP2 - Round Pole Plate 162914CLRFK120 - Single Fusing FK1203

FK277 - Single Fusing FK2773

DFK208, 240 - Double Fusing DFK208,2403

DFK480 - Double Fusing DFK4803


XCHM3 HSS - House Side Shield for Type 3 and FT 496128BLK4

BKS-BO-WM-*-CLR - Wall Mount Plate 123111CLRBKA-BO-RA-8-CLR - Radius Arm 169010CLRBKU-BO-S-19-CLR - Upsweep Bracket for Round and Square Poles 144191CLR

Description Order Number

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XCHM3

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

NOTES:1 - Photocell must be ordered separately - see Accessories. 2 - Factory installed PCR option required.3 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of the pole.4 - Black only. House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult Factory.

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA

Drive Current

PCR - Photoelectric Control Receptacle1

3 - Type III

5 - Type V

FT - Forward Throw

1.4

2.9

2.5

4.0

4.1

5.1

Note: House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA.Consult Factory.

DIMENSIONS

HOUSE SIDE SHIELD (496128BLK)

11-7/16"

2-1/2"

3-9/16"

17-5/8"

2-1/2"

17-5/8"

5-3/8"

23-1/2"

9-1/8"

8"

5-3/8"



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

18

AR



ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTIONS – DIM – 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. BLS – Bi-level switching responds to external line voltage signal from separate 120-277V controller or sensor (by others), with low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current

OCCUPANCY SENSING (IMS) – Optional integral passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 seconds) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°. Examples of detection – occurs 20’ out from a 20’ mounting height pole.


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature. 70 CRI (nominal)


HOUSING - One-piece, die-cast aluminum in a multi-radiused, rectangular shape with mounting arm cast in as an integral part of the housing. All hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered optical grade flat glass lens sealed to die-cast aluminum door assembly. Secures to housing with stainless steel hinge bracket. Integral over-center latch allows easy tool-less access to driver. Optic provided with catch mechanism that limits door swing. One-piece extruded silicone gasket seals optical assembly against the housing.

MOUNTING - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. Integral cast mounting arm is flat for square pole applications. Use round pole adaptor (RPPC) to mount to round poles. RPPC must be ordered separately. Extruded 6” arm extension is available (but not required).

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (UE-50-60Hz input) and 347-480VAC. Optional button- type photocells (PCI) are available in 120, 208, 240, 277 or 347 volt (supply voltage must be specified).

DRIVER - Available in SS (super saver) and HO (high output) drive currents. (Drive currents are factory programmed.) State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with requirements of FCC title 47CFR Part 15, Class A and B: Part 18, Class A.




PHOTOMETRICS - Please visit our Web site at www.lsi-industries.com for detailed photometric data.

SHIPPING WEIGHT - 30 lbs./13.6Kg

LISTING - UL listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for wet locations.This product, or selected versions of this product, meet the standards listed below. Please consult factory

for your specific requirements.


wet location

IP65

LED AREA LIGHTS - PATRIOT® SMALL (XPTS3) US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428, 8177386 and CAN 2736757 and MX patent 29631 and ISRL 49679 and AUS 2008312668 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 3 Type FT Type 5 (Nominal)

Watts

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

lW

hite

LIGHT OUTPUT - XPTS3Lumens (Nominal)

SS 6200 6100 5400 69HO 7400 7400 6500 88SS 5800 5900 5200 69HO 7000 7100 6200 88





Catalog #

LED

19

AR

EA

LED AREA LIGHTS - PATRIOT® SMALL (XPTS3)


XPTS31 - LED Patriot Small

LED CW - Cool White NW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)

347-480


Light SourceDistribution



XPTS3 FT LED SS CW UE WHT PCI120


RPPC - Round Pole Plate 141940CLRFK120 - Single Fusing FK1205





XPTS3 HSS - House Side Shield Type 3, FT (black only) 516850BLK6, 7

XPTS3 PLS - Polycarbonate Shield 2630167

BKS-BO-PTS-WM-*-CLR - Wall Mount Plate 263230CLRBKA-BO-PTS-EC-6-CLR - Extension Arm 263228CLR


LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XPTS3

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

SS - Super SaverHO - High Output

Drive Current

Description Order Number1.1

2.1

1.6

2.7

2.8

3.2


BKA-BO-RA-8-CLR - Radius Arm 169010CLRBKU-BO-S-19-CLR - Upsweep Bracket for Round and Square Poles 144191CLRROSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V Occupancy Sensor C/F8



RPSB208-277 - Wet Location Remote Box with C/F8

208-277V External PhotocellPMOS120 - 120V Pole-Mount Occupancy Sensor 518030CLR9



3 - Type IIIFT - Forward Throw5 - Type V

Optional Sensor/OptionsOptional ControlsSensorES3 - External SensorIMS4 - Integral Motion SensorPCI 120 - 120v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 208 - 208v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 240 - 240v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 277 - 277v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 347 - 347v Button-Type Photocell

OptionsTB - Terminal Block

Platinum Wireless NetworkVCM - Variable Control Module (Requires an LSI Platinum Controller/Internet Link)VCMH - Standard (Host)(Requires an LSI Platinum Controller/Internet Link)DIM2 - 0-10 volt dimming(required for satellite fixtures)(Blank) - NoneStand-Alone Control(Blank) - NoneDIM2 - 0-10V Dimming (from external signal)BLS2 - Bi-level Switching (from external signal requires 120-277v controls system voltage)

FOOTNOTES:1 - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern2 - IMS, DIM and BLS are not compatible.3 - Do not specify for satellite units.4 - Not compatible with wireless network, DIM, BLS, XPT3 HSS or XPTS3 PLS.5 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.

6 - House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory.7 - Not compatible with IMS option.8 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.9 - To be used in conjunction with any of the VCM control modules and ES sensor option in fixture. Consult factory.

6-1/2”(165 mm)

13-1/2”(342 mm)

3-1/4 ”(81 mm)

3-1/4 ”(82 mm)

22-1/2”(572 mm)

DIMENSIONS

House Side Shield (HSS)Rear Mounted (516850 BLK)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

20

AR



OCCUPANCY SENSING (IMS) – Optional integral passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 seconds) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Sensor is located on the rear of optical assembly. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°. Examples of detection – occurs 30' out from a 30' mounting height pole; occurs 20' out from a 20' mounting height pole.


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature. 70 CRI (nominal)

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Type 3, 5 and FT. Exceptional uniformity with full cutoff creates bright environment at lower light levels. Improved backlight cutoff minimizes light trespass.

HOUSING - One-piece, die-cast aluminum in a multi-radiused, rectangular shape with mounting arm cast in as an integral part of the housing. All hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel. Fixture IP65 rated.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered optical grade flat glass lens sealed to die-cast aluminum door assembly. Secures to housing with stainless steel hinge bracket. Integral over-center latch allows easy tool-less access to driver. Optic provided with catch mechanism to limit door swing. One-piece extruded silicone gasket seals optical assembly against the housing.

MOUNTING - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. Integral cast mounting arm is flat for square pole applications. Use round pole adaptor (RPPC) to mount to round poles. RPPC must be ordered separately. Extruded 6” arm extension is available (but not required for 90° or 120° mounting configurations).

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (UE-50/60Hz input) and 347-480VAC. Optional twistlock photocell receptacle is available. Photocell must be ordered separately.

DRIVER - Available in 350mA and 450mA drive currents. (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with FCC 47 CFR part 15 RFI/EMI standard.





SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 56 lbs /25.4 Kg

LISTING - ETL listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



wet location

IP65

LED AREA LIGHTS - PATRIOT® (XPT3) US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428, 8177386 and CAN 2736757 and MX patent 29631 and ISRL 49679 and AUS 2008312668 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 3 Type 5 Type FT (Nominal)

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

lW

hite

LIGHT OUTPUT - XPT3Lumens (Nominal)# of

LEDS

350mA 128 450mA 128 350mA 128 450mA 128

12100 13300 14414400 15800 18811600 12600 14413300 14700 188

12500146001170013400

Watts






Catalog #

LED

21

AR

EA

LED AREA LIGHTS - PATRIOT® (XPT3)


XPT3 - LED Patriot


Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347-480V





XPT3 FT LED 128 450 CW UE WHT PCR



PC208-277 - Photocell for 208V, 240V or 277V 1225153



RPPC - Round Pole Plate 141940CLRFK120 - Single Fusing FK1204




LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - XPT3

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

NOTES:1 - This is a non-field-rotatable optic. For retrofit applications in which the original metal halide product was rotated and LED version will require a non-standard orientation, consult factory. 2 - Photocell must be ordered separately - see Accessories. 3 - Factory installed PCR option required.4 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.5 - Black only. House Side Shields add to fixture EPA.

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA

Drive Current


TB - Terminal BlockIMS - Integral Motion Sensor


3 - Type III

5 - Type V

FT - Forward Throw1

1.5

3.0

2.3

3.8

4.0

4.5




XPT3 FT HSS RM- External House Side Shield - Rear Mount 520281BLK5

XPT3 PLS - Polycarbonate Shield 92730BKS-BO-WM-*-CLR - Wall Mount Plate 123111CLRBKA-BO-EC-6-CLR - Extension Arm 142862CLRBKA-BO-RA-8-CLR - Radius Arm 169010CLRBKU-BO-S-19-CLR - Upsweep Bracket for Round and Square Poles 144191CLR

DIMENSIONS

8-3/16”(208 mm)

3-9/16”(90 mm)

19-1/4”(449 mm)

30 -1/4”(768 mm)

House Side ShieldRear Mounted (520281BLK)

10-3/16”(258 mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

22

AR

EA

SMARTTEC™ THERMAL CONTROL - LSI drivers feature integral sensor which reduces drive current when ambient temperatures exceed rated temperature.

OCCUPANCY SENSING (IMS) – Optional integral passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 seconds) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Sensor is located on the front of optical assembly and rotates with the optic. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°. Examples of detection – occurs 30' out from a 30' mounting height pole; occurs 20' out from a 20' mounting height pole.

ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTIONS – DIM – 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. BLS – Bi-level switching responds to external line voltage signal from separate 120-277V controller or sensor (by others), with low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current.



DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Types 3, 5, FT and FTA available - field rotatable reflectors.

HOUSING - Square, die-formed aluminum. Fully enclosed weather-tight housing contains factory prewired drivers and field connections.

TOP-ACCESS COVER - Gasketed, tethered top-access cover provides ease of installation and allows for easy driver access. Four captive stainless-steel fasteners secure the top-access cover to the housing.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered optical grade flat glass lens sealed to aluminum housing creates an IP67 rated, sealed optical unit (includes pressure stabilizing breather). Optical unit can be easily field rotated in 90o increments. Directional arrow on optics allows alignment without the unit being energized.

MOUNTING - 2-1/2” x 5-3/8” x 12” extruded aluminum arm mounting bracket shipped standard. Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. Round Pole Plate (RPP2) required for mounting to 3”– 5” round poles. (See Accessory Ordering Information chart.)

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (UE - 50/60Hz input), and 347-480VAC.

DRIVERS - Available in Low Watt (LW), Super Saver (SS) and High Output (HO) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with FCC 47 CFR part 15 RFI/EMI standard.


FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI's DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling.

DECAL STRIPING - LSI offers optional color-coordinated decals in 9 standard colors to accent the fixture. Decals are guaranteed for five years against peeling, cracking, or fading.



SHIPPING WEIGHT (IN CARTON) - Fixture - 44.5 lbs (20 kg) Arm - 5 lbs. (2kg) arm

LISTING - UL listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.

LED AREA LIGHTS - (XGBM)US patent D574994 & 7,828,456 and MX patent 29631 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 3 Type 5 Type FT Type FTA

LIGHT OUTPUT - XGBMLumens (Nominal) Watts

(Nominal)LW 14080 13840 15020 16560 140 SS 20180 18040 20700 23030 187 HO 26750 25460 29070 31810 300 LW 11450 11290 12220 13470 136 SS 16390 15170 17230 18750 188 HO 22240 20550 23510 25410 288

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

l Whi

te


Shown with optional decal striping


wet location


IP67





Catalog #

LED

23

AR

EAPrefix FinishColor

Temperature

XGBM1 - LEDGreenbriar

LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)

347-480


Optional Color Decals45 – Light Gold20 – Charcoal Metallic55 – Black94 – Blue Metallic59 – Dark Green51 – Dark Red21 – Tomato Red50 – White700 – Aztec Silver Metallic


Distribution



XGBM 5 LED HO CW UE WHT VCM ES


482002 BLK6

162914BLK123111CLR169010CLR144191CLR

C/F7

C/F7

XGBM - HSS - House Side Shield (Black only)RPP2 - Round Pole Plate BKS-BO-WM-*-CLR - Wall Mount Plate BKA-BO-RA-8-CLR - Radius Arm BKU-BO-S-19-CLR - Upsweep Bracket for round or square polesROSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V Occupancy SensorROSB277 - WL Remote Box with 277V Occupancy Sensor

Description Order Number Order NumberLUMINAIRE EPA CHART2 - XGBM

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

8" Bracket 12" Bracket

FOOTNOTES:1 - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern2 - IMS, DIM and BLS are not compatible. On SS drive current

with 347-480V, consult factory regarding dimming.3 - IMS, DIM and BLS are not compatible.4 - Do not specify for satellite units.

LW - Low WattSS - Super SaverHO - High Output

DriveCurrent

SensorES4 - External SensorIMS5 - Integral Motion SensorPCI 120 - 120v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 208 - 208v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 240 - 240v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 277 - 277v Button-Type PhotocellPCI 347 - 347v Button-Type Photocell

Options8BK - 8" Bracket (S and D180 only)TB - Terminal Block

C/F7

C/F7

RPSB120 - Wet Location Remote Box with 120V External PhotocellRPSB208-277 - Wet Location Remote Box with 208-277V External PhotocellPMOS120 - 120V Pole-Mount Occupancy Sensor 518030CLR8



Description

FT - Forward ThrowFTA - Forward Throw Automotive3 - Type III5 - Type V

2.3

4.7

2.4

4.8

4.7

7.2

7.3

8.8

12" Bracket

Required


Stand-Alone Control(blank) - NoneDIM2 - 0-10V Dimming (from external signal)BLS3 - Bi-level Switching (from external signal - requires 120-277V controls system voltage)

5 - Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems, DIM or BLS.6 - House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. HSS must be mounted opposite of IMS. Consult factory.7 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.8 - To be used in conjunction with any of the VCM control modules and ES sensor option in fixture. Consult factory.


LED AREA LIGHTS - (XGBM)

DIMENSIONS

24” sq. (610 mm)

9”(229 mm)

12”(305 mm)

3 15/16”(99 mm)

13 5/16”(339 mm)

House Side Shield (482002BLK)9”

(229 mm)

5/8”(16 mm)

1-3/8”(35 mm)

OPTIONAL IMS

2-1/4”(57 mm)

4-1/8”(105 mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

24

AR

EA

LED AREA LIGHTS - (PASU)US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428 and CAN 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int’l. patents pending




DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Type S (Standard Symmetric). Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels.




ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input), and 347-480 VAC. Optional twistlock photocell receptacle is available. Photocell must be ordered separately.

DRIVER - Available in LW (Low Wattage) and SS (Super Saver) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards. Driver and key electronic components can easily be accessed.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C TO +50°C (-40°F TO +122°F).




SHIPPING WEIGHT (IN CARTON) - 31 lbs. / 14.1 Kg (fixture only). Add mast arm weight for total shipping weight.




wet location

IP65IP67

Type S LWSSLWSS

LIGHT OUTPUT - PASULumens (Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 780012950735011800

Watts(Nominal)

7813078130Ne

utra

lW

hite





Catalog #

LED

25

AR

EA



PASU S LED SS CW UE WHT PCRPrefix FinishColor

Temperature

PASU LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)


(347-480V)


OptionsLightSource

Distribution

LW -Low WattageSS - Super Saver

DriveCurrent


TB - Terminal Block

S - Standard Symmetrical

DIMENSIONS


Bottom View

6-7/16"(164 mm)

26-1/2"(674 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm)

3-1/4"(82 mm)

7-7/8"(200 mm)

House Side Shield



LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - PASUSingle

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

0.9

2.0

1.6

2.7

2.8

3.1

FOOTNOTES:1- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.2 - House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory. 3 - Factory installed PCR option required.

4 - Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.

BKA-XBO-EC-6-CLR 6" Extension Arm 382136CLRBKS-XBO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mounting Bracket 382132CLRPASU-HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 544103BLK2











LED AREA LIGHTS - (PASU)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

26

RO

AD

WA

Y



OCCUPANCY SENSOR (IMS) - Optional internal passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~ 2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 sec.) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Sensor is located on the front of optical assembly. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°. Examples of detection - occurs 30’ out from a 30’ mounting height pole.






MOUNTING - Tapered rear design allows fixtures to be mounted to mast arms from 1-1/4” (1.66” O.D.) to 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe using internal clamping bracket. Integral leveling device allowing +/- 5° vertical adjustment of the fixture and leveling bubble accommodate variances in mast arm construction. Molded silicone barrier surrounds mast arm to restrict intrusion of insects and birds. If existing mast arm is larger than 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe, tenon reducers are available. Consult factory. LSI mast arms can be ordered separately. Fixture can be rotated with an up-tilt to 90° using cast aluminum adjustable bracket. Adjustable brackets available for mounting on 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe tenon or bolt-on mount with 5” traditional drilling pattern. See Accessory Ordering Information chart.


DRIVER - Available in SS (Super Saver) and HO (High Output) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Easily accessible driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.


FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI's DuraGrip ® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling.



SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 33 lbs. / 15 Kg


LED ROADWAY LIGHTS - SMALL (XRSU)US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428 and CAN 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int'l. patents pending


HOSSHO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XRSULumens (Nominal)# of

LEDSWatts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 7000850067007900

6200765057006700

6100750056006700

69896989

64646464Ne

utra

lW

hite




wet location

IP65IP67





Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

27

RO

AD

WA

Y



XRSU FT LED 64 HO CW UE WHT PCR


Description Order Number Description Order NumberLUMINAIRE EPA CHART5 - XRSU

Single

D180°

0.9

2.0

FOOTNOTES:1- IMS, DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2- Do not specify for satellite units.3- Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems, DIM or BLS.4- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.5- If uptilt is over 45°, consult factory for EPA value.

BKA-NM-XRSU-ADJ-CLR 2” (2-3/8” O.D.) pipe tenon mount adjustable bracket kit 527793CLR5

BKA-BO-XRSU-ADJ-CLR Bolt-on mount adjustable bracket kit (order poles with 5” traditional drilling pattern) 530070CLR5

XRSU-HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 544103BLK6

















Note: House Side Shield adds tofixture EPA. Consult Factory.


XRSU LED 64 CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)


(347-480V)






DriveCurrent








6- House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory. 7- Factory installed PCR option required. 8- Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.9- Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.10- To be used in conjunction with any of the VCM control modules and ES sensor option in fixture. Consult factory.

LED ROADWAY LIGHTS - SMALL (XRSU)

DIMENSIONS


Bottom View

6-3/8"(161 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm) 26-1/2"

(674 mm)

3-1/4"(82 mm)

7-7/8"(200 mm)

House Side Shield

BracketDesignation

BracketType

BracketLength

BracketConfiguration

BracketFinish Catalog Number EPA Value Shipping Wt (kg/lbs)

EPAs and Shipping Weights

BKA PTB MAST ARM 4 - 4 Foot6 - 6 Foot8 - 8 Foot

BKA PTB MAST ARM 4 S BKA PTB MAST ARM 4 D180 BKA PTB MAST ARM 6 S BKA PTB MAST ARM 6 D180 BKA PTB MAST ARM 8 S BKA PTB MAST ARM 8 D180

1.93.62.34.53.26.2

4.1/96.8/155.4/129.5/217.3/1613.2/29

S - SingleD180 - Double

BLK - BlackBRZ - BronzeGPT - Graphite

MSV - Metalic SilverPLP - Platinum PlusSVG - Satin Verde GreenWHT - WhiteRAW - Raw Aluminum with Satin Finish


TENON MOUNT MAST ARM ORDERING INFORMATION

BKA PTB MAST ARM 4 S BLK

Tenon Mount Mast Arm

10”(254 mm) 32”

(813 mm)

10”(254 mm)

4’, 6’, 8’ Nominal 8’,12’, 16’ Nominal

Single D 180Adjustable Brackets

Tenon Mount (527793CLR)Bolt-on (530070CLR)

10-5/16"(262 mm)

13-11/16"(348 mm)

8-15/16"(227 mm)

10-1/16"(256mm)

LSI MAST ARM: Available in 4’, 6’ and 8’ nominal arm lengths with single (S) and double arms at 180º (D180) mounting configurations. All arms have a 32” rise. Hub mounts to 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe size x 4-3/4” tall tenon. For use with Tenon Mount (N) poles (See separate data sheets).



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

28

RO

AD

WA

Y


ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTIONS – DIM – 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others. BLS – Bi-level switching responds to 120-277V signal from separate controller or sensor (by others). Low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current.

OCCUPANCY SENSOR (IMS) - Optional internal passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~ 2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 sec.) to low level. Sensor is located on the front of optical assembly. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°. Examples of detection - occurs 30’ out from a 30’ mounting height pole.




HOUSING - One-piece, die-formed aluminum, weather-tight housing contains factory prewired driver and field connections. Extruded one-piece EPDM gasketed wiring access door (with safety lanyard) located underneath and utilizes tool-less thumbscrew fastener.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered flat glass lens sealed to aluminum optics housing creates an IP67 rated, sealed optical unit (includes pressure-stabilizing breather). Optical unit is recessed into housing cavity and sealed to the housing with extruded one-piece EPDM gasket. Optical unit lanyard serves dual purposes of safety and provides positive ground between unit and housing.

MOUNTING - Tapered rear design allows fixtures to be mounted to mast arms from 1-1/4” (1.66” O.D.) to 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe using internal clamping bracket. Integral leveling device allowing +/- 5° vertical adjustment of the fixture, and leveling bubble accommodate variances in mast arm construction. Molded silicone barrier surrounds mast arm to restrict intrusion of insects and birds. If existing mast arm is larger than 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe, tenon reducers are available. Consult factory. LSI mast arms can be ordered separately. Fixture can be rotated with an up-tilt to 90° using cast aluminum adjustable bracket. Adjustable brackets available for mounting on 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe tenon or bolt-on mount with 5” traditional drilling pattern. See Accessory Ordering Information chart.

ELECTRICAL - A terminal block for attachment of incoming primary wiring is supplied. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input), and 347-480 VAC.

DRIVER - Available in SS (Super Saver) and HO (High Output) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Easily accessible driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.





SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 39 lbs. / 17.7 Kg (fixture only). Add mast arm weight for total shipping weight.


LED ROADWAY LIGHTS - MEDIUM (XRMU)US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428 and CAN 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int'l. patents pending


HOSSHO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XRMULumens (Nominal)# of

LEDSWatts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 13500165001240015000

14100173001320015800

12100148001120012500

139176139176

128128128128Ne

utra

lW

hite



wet location


IP67





Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

29

RO

AD

WA

Y



XRMU FT LED 128 HO CW UE WHT PCR

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART5 - XRMUSingle

D180°

1.4

2.8


BracketDesignation

BracketType

BracketLength






1.93.62.34.53.26.2

4.1/96.8/155.4/129.5/217.3/1613.2/29


BLK - BlackBRZ - BronzeGPT - Graphite

MSV - Metalic SilverPLP - Platinum PlusSVG - Satin Verde GreenWHT - WhiteRAW - Raw Aluminum with Satin Finish






BKA-NM-XRMU-ADJ-CLR 2” (2-3/8” O.D.) pipe tenon mount adjustable bracket kit 527793CLR5

BKA-BO-XRMU-ADJ-CLR Bolt-on mount adjustable bracket kit (order poles with 5” traditional drilling pattern) 530070CLR5

XRMU-3/FT-HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 524670BLK6


















XRMU LED 128 CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)


(347-480V)





DriveCurrent









Front View

Side View

Bottom View

1-9/16"(39 mm)

6-3/8"(161 mm)

35-7/16"(900 mm)

18-5/16"(465 mm)

5" (127 mm)12-3/4"

(324 mm)

XRMU HSS - House Side Shield


10”(254 mm) 32”

(813 mm)

10”(254 mm)

4’, 6’, 8’ Nominal 8’,12’, 16’ Nominal

Single D 180

Adjustable Brackets


10-5/16"(262 mm)

13-11/16"(348 mm)

8-15/16"(227 mm)10-1/16"

(256mm)


FOOTNOTES:1- IMS, DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2- Do not specify for satellite units.3- Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems, DIM or BLS.4- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.5- If uptilt is over 45°, consult factory for EPA value.

6- House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory. 7- Factory installed PCR option required. 8- Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.9- Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.10- To be used in conjunction with any of the VCM control modules and ES sensor option in fixture. Consult factory.

LED ROADWAY LIGHTS - MEDIUM (XRMU)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

30

RO

AD

WA

Y

US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428 and CAN 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int’l. patents pending




DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Type S (Standard Symmetric). Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels.



MOUNTING - Tapered rear design allows fixtures to be mounted to mast arms from 1-1/4” (1.66” O.D.) to 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe using internal clamping bracket. Integral leveling device allowing +/- 5° vertical adjustment of the fixture, and leveling bubble accommodate variances in mast arm construction. Molded silicone barrier surrounds mast arm to restrict intrusion of insects and birds. If existing mast arm is larger than 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe, tenon reducers are available. Consult factory. LSI mast arms can be ordered separately. Fixture can be rotated with an up-tilt to 90° using cast aluminum adjustable bracket. Adjustable brackets available for mounting on 2” (2.375” O.D.) pipe tenon or bolt-on mount with 5” traditional drilling pattern. See Accessory Ordering Information chart.

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input), and 347-480 VAC. Optional twistlock photocell receptacle is available. Photocell must be ordered separately.

DRIVER - Available in LW (Low Wattage) and SS (Super Saver) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards. Driver and key electronic components can easily be accessed.





SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 33 lbs. / 15 Kg (fixture only). Add mast arm weight for total shipping weight.



wet location


IP67


LED ROADWAY LIGHTS - (PRSU)

Type S LW

SSLWSS

LIGHT OUTPUT - PRSULumens (Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 780012950735011800

Watts(Nominal)

7813078130Ne

utra

lW

hite





Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

31

RO

AD

WA

Y



PRSU S LED SS CW UE WHT PCR

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART2 - PRSUSingle

D180°

0.9

2.0


BracketDesignation

BracketType

BracketLength






1.93.62.34.53.26.2

4.1/96.8/155.4/129.5/217.3/1613.2/29


BLK - BlackBRZ - BronzeGPT - GraphiteMSV - Metalic Silver

PLP - Platinum PlusSVG - Satin Verde GreenWHT - WhiteRAW - Raw Aluminum with Satin Finish







FOOTNOTES:1- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.2- If uptilt is over 45°, consult factory for EPA value. 3- House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory.

4- Factory installed PCR option required. 5- Fusing must be located in the hand hole of pole.

BKA-NM-PRSU-ADJ-CLR 2” (2-3/8” O.D.) pipe tenon mount adjustable bracket kit 527793CLR2

BKA-BO-PRSU-ADJ-CLR Bolt-on mount adjustable bracket kit (order poles with 5” traditional drilling pattern) 530070CLR2

PRSU HSS House Side Shield (Black only) 544103BLK3







FK2774DFK208, 240 Double Fusing (208V, 240V) DFK208, 2405




PRSU LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)


(347-480V)


OptionsLightSource

Distribution

LW -Low WattageSS - Super Saver

DriveCurrent


TB - Terminal Block

S - Standard Symmetrical

DIMENSIONS


Bottom View

6-7/16"(164 mm)

26-1/2"(674 mm)

3-1/4"(82 mm)

7-7/8"(200 mm)

House Side Shield

18-3/8"(466 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm)


Adjustable Brackets


10”(254 mm) 32”

(813 mm)

10”(254 mm)

4’, 6’, 8’ Nominal 8’,12’, 16’ Nominal

Single D 180

10-5/16"(262 mm)

13-11/16"(348 mm)

8-15/16"(227 mm)

10-1/16"(256mm)

LED ROADWAY LIGHTS (PRSU)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

32

DE

CO

RA

TIV

E P

ED

SC

AL

E A

RE

A



EXPECTED LIFE - Minimum 60,000 hours to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location.



HOUSING - Available in two-arm Post Top mount. One piece housing/support frame is die-cast aluminum. Post top access cover and support arms are die-cast aluminum. Housing is sealed to top cap and optical assembly with extruded silicone gaskets.

HOUSING TOP CAP - Removable spun aluminum cap/driver enclosure is retained by captive stainless steel fasteners and safety cables. Housing and top cap interface is sealed with a one-piece extruded silicone gasket. Tool-less entry option is available.

SEALED OPTICAL UNIT - Lens is clear, tempered, optical-grade flat glass, sealed to aluminum optics housing. Pressure stabilizing breather allows super-tight protection while preventing temperature cycling from building up internal pressures and vacuums that can stress optical unit seals and components.

FASTENERS - All exposed fasteners are black oxide coated stainless steel. Internal fasteners are stainless steel or zinc electroplated steel.

ELECTRICAL - Terminal block for attachment of incoming primary wiring is supplied. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input), 347VAC and 480VAC. Optional button-type photocells (PCI) are available in 120, 208, 240, 277 or 347 volt (supply voltage must be specified).

DRIVER - Available in Super Saver (SS) and High Output (HO) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed.) State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to 122°F)

MOUNTING - Post Top and Wall mounting available. Pole selection information shown under fixture drawings.




LISTING - Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for wet locations.


wet locationARRAFunding Compliant

IP65


LED CONSTITUTION DECORATIVE AREA LIGHTS (XCN3)US patent 782456, 7952293, & 8432108 and US & Int'l. patents pending


HO

SS

HO

Cool

Whi

te

LIGHT OUTPUT - XCN3Lumens (Nominal) Watts

(Nominal)# of LEDS6050842057407990

7010870108

5360759052007290

5710794054507740

6464

Neut

ral

Whi

te 6464




Catalog #

LED

33

DE

CO

RA

TIV

E P

ED

SC

AL

E A

RE

ALED CONSTITUTION DECORATIVE AREA LIGHTS (XCN3)

32-7/16”(823mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

4-13/16”(122mm)

24-5/8”(625mm)

3-5/16”(84mm)

Post Top with WM Accessory

37-1/4”(946mm)

PT

PT

1.0

2.0

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Crossover Constitution

MOUNTING STYLE EPA

PT Single

PT D180°with BK MPT BO (2)

Ø4” (102mm) or Ø5” (127mm)

24-1/2”(622mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Post Top with BK MPT BO (x2)Mounts to 4” or 5” Dia. D180 Bolt-on Pole

(select 3” reduced drilling pattern)

3-5/16”(84mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

21-7/8”(556mm)

Slipfitter fits 4”Øtenon or pole

13-7/16”(341mm)

4-7/16”(1131mm)

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Crossover ConstitutionCatalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.)

XCN3 20.4/45

Post Top SingleSlipfits 4” Dia. Tenon (4N) or Pole


PrefixMounting

Style


Input Voltage Finish Options

PT - Post Top BRZ – BronzeBLK – BlackPLP – Platinum PlusWHT – WhiteSVG - Satin Verde GreenGPT - GraphiteMSV - Metallic Silver

FOOTNOTES:1- DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2- Order poles with 3" reduced drilling pattern. For PT mounting configurations other than D180, consult factory. Order one bracket per fixture.

XCN3 PT 5 LED HO CW UE MSV PCI120

Accessories

Button Type Photocells PCI 120 - 120vPCHV208-277 - 208-277vPCI 347 - 347vTE - Tool-less EntryDIM - 0-10V Dimming (from external source)1


WM - Wall Mount (PT only)BK MPT BO4 - Medium Bolt on Bracket (for PT 180) For 4” Dia. Round Poles2

BK MPT BO5 - Medium Bolt on Bracket (for PT 180) For 5” Dia. Round Poles2

UE - UniversalElectronic

(120-277V 50/60Hz)

347-480

Distribution


CW- Cool WhiteNW- Neutral White

LightSource Color Temperature

LEDXCN3 SS - Super SaverHO - High Output

Drive Current

DIMENSIONS



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

34

DE

CO

RA

TIV

E P

ED

SC

AL

E A

RE

A




LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature, 70CRI (nominal).

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Types 3, FT, and 5. Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels. Improved backlight cutoff minimizes light trespass.

HOUSING - Modular fixture is available in two mounting styles - Post Top and Side Mount. One piece housing/support frame is die-cast aluminum. Combination mounting arm/driver enclosure on side mount versions is die-cast with integral ribs for heat dissipation. Access cover and support arms for post top versions are die-cast aluminum.

HOUSING TOP CAP - Removable spun aluminum cap/post top driver enclosure is retained by captive stainless steel fasteners and safety cables. Housing and top cap interface is sealed with a one-piece extruded silicone gasket. Tool-less entry option is available.

SEALED OPTICAL UNIT - Lens is clear, flat tempered glass, sealed to aluminum optics housing. Pressure stabilizing breather allows super-tight protection while preventing temperature cycling from building up internal pressures and vacuums that can stress optical unit seals and components.


ELECTRICAL - A terminal block for attachment of incoming primary wiring is supplied. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input), 347VAC and 480VAC. Optional button-type photocells (PCI) are available in 120, 208, 240, 277 or 347 volt (supply voltage must be specified).

DRIVER - Available in Super Saver (SS) and High Output (HO) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.


MOUNTING - Post Top, Side Arm and Wall mounting available. Pole selection information shown under fixture drawings.







IP65


LED ENTERPRISE DECORATIVE AREA LIGHTS (XENM3)US patent 782456, 7952293, & 8432108 and US & Int’l. patents pending


SS

HO

SS

HO

Cool

Whi

te

LIGHT OUTPUT - XENM3Lumens (Nominal)ARM MOUNT

# of LEDS64646464Ne

utra

lW

hite

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

lW

hite

SS

HO

SS

HO

Lumens (Nominal)POST TOP MOUNT# of LEDS

64646464

Type 3 Type FT Type 5 7110941064309010

5870815056407940

6160866059008280

Type 3 Type FT Type 5 6180867059308250

5240751051506890

7010870108

7010870108

5570827053507560


Watts(Nominal)

Watts(Nominal)



Catalog #

LED

35

DE

CO

RA

TIV

E P

ED

SC

AL

E A

RE

ALED ENTERPRISE DECORATIVE AREA LIGHTS (XENM3)


MountingStyle


Options

PT - Post Top SA4 - Side Arm Mount for 4” Poles1

SA5 - Side Arm Mount for 5” Poles1

BRZ – BronzeBLK – BlackPLP – Platinum PlusWHT – WhiteSVG - Satin Verde GreenGPT - GraphiteMSV - Metallic Silver

FOOTNOTES:1- For correct mounting, order poles with 3” reduced drilling pattern.2- DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.3- For PT mounting configurations other than D180, consult factory. Order one bracket per fixture.

XENM3 PT 5 LED HO CW UE MSV PCI120Drive

Current

SS - Super SaverHO - High Output

Accessories

Button Type Photocells PCI120 - 120vPCHV208-277 - 208-277vPCI347 - 347vTE - Tool-less EntryDIM - 0-10V Dimming (from external source)2


SPA - Square Pole Adaptor (SA only)WM - Wall Mount (PT only)SA WM - Side Arm Wall Mount (SA4 or SA5)BK MPT BO4 - Medium Bolt on Bracket (for PT 180) For 4” Dia. Round Poles1,3

BK MPT BO5 - Medium Bolt on Bracket (for PT 180) For 5” Dia. Round Poles1,3


(120-277V 50/60Hz)

347-480


LightSource

LEDXENM3 3 - Type IIIFT - Forward Throw5 - Type V

Prefix Input Voltage FinishColor

TemperatureDistribution

Ø4” (102mm) or Ø5” (127mm)24-1/2”

(622mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

35-1/2”(902mm)

Post Top with BK MPT BO (x2)Mounts to 4” or 5” Dia. D180 Bolt-on Pole(select 3” reduced drilling pattern)

Ø4”(102mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

Ø25-1/4”(648mm)

35-1/2”(902mm)


24-5/8”(625mm)

3-1/3”(84mm)

3-1/3”(84mm)

PT

PT

SA

SA

SA

SA

SA

SA

1.0

2.0

1.0

2.1

1.8

2.7

2.8

3.5

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Crossover EnterpriseMOUNTING STYLE

PT Single

PT D180°

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

T120°

Q90°

7”(177mm)

7” (177mm)8-1/8”

(206mm) 4-1/4” (107mm)

Post TopSlipfits 4” Dia. Tenon (4N) or Pole

31-3/16”(792mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

Ø5” (127mm)

13-7/16”(341mm)

R2”(52mm)

25”(634mm)

37-3/4” (958mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

19-3/8”(492mm)

Side Arm Pole Mount(select 3” reduced drilling pattern)

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Crossover EnterpriseCatalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.)XENM3 (PT or SA) 29/64

with BK MPT BO (2)

DIMENSIONS



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

36

DE

CO

RA

TIV

E P

ED

SC

AL

E A

RE

A




LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature, 70CRI (nominal).

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Types 3, FT, and 5. Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels. Improved backlight cutoff minimizes light trespass.

HOUSING - One piece housing/support frame is die-cast aluminum. Post top access cover and support arms are die-cast aluminum. Housing is sealed with an extruded silicone gasket.

HOUSING TOP CAP - Removable spun aluminum cap/driver enclosure is retained by captive stainless steel fasteners and safety cables. Housing and top cap interface is sealed with a one-piece extruded silicone gasket. Tool-less entry option is available.

SEALED OPTICAL UNIT - Lens is clear, flat tempered glass, sealed to aluminum optics housing. Pressure stabilizing breather allows super-tight protection while preventing temperature cycling from building up internal pressures and vacuums that can stress optical unit seals and components.


ELECTRICAL - Terminal block for attachment of incoming primary wiring is supplied. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input), 347VAC and 480VAC. Optional button-type photocells (PCI) are available in 120, 208, 240, 277 or 347 volt (supply voltage must be specified).

DRIVER - Available in Super Saver (SS) and High Output (HO) drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.









IP65


LED LEXINGTON DECORATIVE AREA LIGHTS (XLXM3)US patent 782456, 7952293, & 8432108 and US & Int’l. patents pending


Type 3 Type FT Type 5SS

HO

SS

HO

Cool

Whi

te

LIGHT OUTPUT - XLXM3Lumens (Nominal)

# of LEDS6464

Neut

ral

Whi

te 6464

POST TOP MOUNT

6180867059308250

7010870108

5240751051506890

5570827053507560


Watts(Nominal)



Catalog #

LED

37

DE

CO

RA

TIV

E P

ED

SC

AL

E A

RE

A LED LEXINGTON DECORATIVE AREA LIGHTS (XLXM3)


PrefixMounting

Style


Input Voltage Finish Options


FOOTNOTES:1- DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2- Order poles with 3" reduced drilling pattern. For PT mounting configurations other than D180, consult factory. Order one bracket per fixture.

XLXM3 PT 5 LED HO CW UE MSV PCI120

Accessories

Button Type Photocells PCI 120 - 120vPCHV208-277 - 208-277vPCI 347 - 347vTE - Tool-less EntryDIM - 0-10V Dimming (from external source)1


WM - Wall MountBK MPT BO4 - Medium Bolt on Bracket (for PT 180) For 4” Dia. Round Poles2



(120-277V 50/60Hz)

347-480

Distribution



LightSource Color Temperature

LEDXLXM3 SS - Super SaverHO - High Output

Drive Current

46-5/8”(1184mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

24-5/8”(625mm)


3-1/3”(84mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

PT

PT

1.4

2.7

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Crossover Lexington

MOUNTING STYLE

PT Single

PT D180°

Ø4” (102mm) or Ø5” (127mm)

24-1/2”(622mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Post Top with BK MPT BO (x2)Mounts to 4” or 5” Dia. D180 Bolt-on Pole


3-1/3”(84mm)

46-5/8”(1184mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

18”(457mm)

Post Top SingleSlipfits 4” Dia. Tenon (4N) or Pole

42-1/4”(1072mm)

Ø25-1/2”

Ø5” (127mm)

19-3/8”(492mm)

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Crossover LexingtonCatalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.)XLXM3 (PT) 29/64

with BK MPT BO (2)

DIMENSIONS



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

38

CA

NO

PY

HOUSING - Low profile, durable die-cast, aluminum construction, providing a reliable weather-tight seal.

LEDS - Features an array of select, mid-power, high brightness, high efficiency LED chips; 5300°K color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DRIVE CURRENT - Choice of Low Wattage (LW) or Super Saver (SS).

OPTICS / DISTRIBUTION - Symmetrical, which directs light through a clear tempered glass lens, to provide a uniform distribution of light to vertical and horizontal surfaces.

OPTICAL UNIT - Features an ultra-slim 7/8” profile die cast housing, with a standard flat glass lens. Unit is water-resistant, sealed to an IP67 rating. Integral designed heat sink does not trap dirt and grime, ensuring cool running performance over the life of the fixture.

PRESSURE STABILIZING VENT - Luminaire assembly incorporates a pressure stabilizing vent breather to prevent seal fatigue and failure.

HAZARDOUS LOCATION - Designed for lighter than air fuel applications. Product is suitable for Domestic Class 1 Division 2, only when properly installed per LSI installation instructions (consult factory).

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology superior energy-efficiency and optimum light output. Driver components are fully encased in potting for moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards.

DRIVER HOUSING - Fabricated galvanized steel, dry/damp location rated driver/electrical enclosure provides easy “knock-out” connection of primary wiring and contributes to attaining the lowest operating temperatures available.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to 50°C (-40°F to +122°F)

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply, 120-277 VAC, 50/60 HZ input. Drivers feature two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C.

FINISH - Standard color is white and is finished with LSI’s DuraGrip polyester powder coat process. DuraGrip withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling.

INSTALLATION - One person installation. No additional sealant required. Installs in a 12” or 16” deck pan. Deck penetration consists of a 11” square hole. Fixture is secured via 4 fasteners directly through frame and deck into structure members/beams.

SHIPPING WEIGHT - 22 pounds.

EXPECTED LIFE - Minimum 60,000 to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance.

WARRANTY - Limited 5-year warranty.

LISTING - UL and ETL listed to UL 1598, UL 8750 and other U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.

PHOTOMETRICS - Applications layouts are available upon request. Contact LSI Petroleum Lighting or [email protected].


IP67

damp location

LED CANOPY LIGHT - LEGACYTM DOUBLE DECK (CRUS - DDM)US & Int’l. patents pending.

Consult Factory

Class 1, Division 2 – Standard on SS & LW only

T5 Temperature Classification – The surface temperature of this product will not rise above 100°C., within a 40°C ambient.

Gas Groups A,B,C, and D – Group A: Acetylene / Group B: Hydrogen / Group C: Propane and Ethylene / Group D: Benzene, Butane, Methane & Propane.

For Use on Water-tight Plenum Canopies



Catalog #

LED

39

CA

NO

PY

Prefix Color Temperature

CRUS DDM SC - Standard Symmetric

LED CW - Cool White

Input Voltage

UE - Universal Voltage

(120-277V)

347 - 347V

Finish

WHT - WhiteBRZ - BronzeBLK - Black




CRUS DDM SC LED SS CW UE WHT

VLW - Very Low WattLW - Low Watt

SS - Super Saver

Drive Current

LED CANOPY LIGHT - LEGACYTM DOUBLE DECK (CRUS - DDM)

VLW - Very Low Watt

LW - Low Watt

SS - Super Saver

LIGHT OUTPUT - CRUS DDM

Cool

Whi

te

8,842 –

10,871 8746

13,554 11,518

79 –

88 83

114 111

112 –

124 105

119 104

Lumens Watts LPW SC AC SC AC SC AC


DIMENSIONS

15-7/8”(404 mm)

15-7/8” (404 mm) 15-7/8” (404 mm)7/8”(22 mm)

7-1/8”(181 mm)

12-1/4(311mm)

7-3/4(198mm)

3-3/4” (94 mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

40

CA

NO

PY

SMARTTEC™ ENERGY SAVING FEATURES

THERMAL CONTROL - LSI drivers feature integral sensor which reduces drive current, when ambient temperatures exceeds rated temperature.

HOUSING - Low profile, durable die-cast, aluminum construction, providing a reliable weather-tight seal.

LEDS - Features an array of select, mid-power, high brightness, high efficiency LED chips; 5000K color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DRIVE CURRENT - Choice of High Output (HO) or Very High Output (VHO).

OPTICS / DISTRIBUTION - Symmetrical, which directs light through a clear tempered glass lens, to provide a uniform distribution of light to vertical and horizontal surfaces.

OPTICAL UNIT - Features an ultra-slim 3/4” profile die cast housing, with a standard flat glass lens. Unit is water-resistant, sealed to an IP67 rating. Integral designed heat sink does not trap dirt and grime, ensuring cool running performance over the life of the fixture.


HAZARDOUS LOCATION - Designed for lighter than air fuel applications. Product is suitable for Domestic Class 1 Division 2, only when properly installed per LSI installation instructions.

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology superior energy-efficiency and optimum light output. LSI driver components are fully encased in potting for IP65 moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards. Surge protected at 10KV.

DRIVER HOUSING - Die-cast aluminum, wet location rated driver/electrical enclosure is elevated above canopy deck to prevent water entry, provide easy “knock-out” connection of primary wiring and contributes to attaining the lowest operating temperatures available. Seals to optical housing via one-piece molded silicone gasket.


ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply, 120-277 VAC, 50/60 HZ input. LSI drivers feature two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C.

FINISH - Standard color is white and is finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat process. DuraGrip withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling.

INSTALLATION - One person installation. No additional sealant required. Installs in a 12” or 16” deck pan. Deck penetration consists of a 15” square hole. Fixture is secured via 4 fasteners directly through frame and deck into structure members/beams.

Accessory Mounting Options:

CRU FKL Kit - Deck penetration consists of a 23 1/4” square hole. Fixture is secured to deck via 4 fasteners directly through frame into structure members/ beams, or via suspension cables supplied by others.

CRU UDD Kit - Deck penetration consists of a 13” square hole. Mounting plate is secured to deck via 6 fasteners through deck or threaded rods into structure members/beams. Fixture is secured to mounting plate via 2 bracket legs and 4 screws.




PHOTOMETRICS - Applications layouts are available upon request. Contact LSI Petroleum Lighting or [email protected].

LED CANOPY LIGHT - LEGACYTM DOUBLE DECK (CRU - DDM)US & Int’l. patents pending.


IP67

damp location

Class 1, Division 2 – Standard on HO only

T5 Temperature Classification – The surface temperature of this product will not rise above 100°C., within a 40°C ambient.

Gas Groups A,B,C, and D – Group A: Acetylene / Group B: Hydrogen / Group C: Propane and Ethylene / Group D: Benzene, Butane, Methane & Propane.

For Use on Water-tight Plenum Canopies

LISTING - UL and ETL listed to UL 1598, UL 8750 and other U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



Catalog #

LED

41

CA

NO

PY


CRU DDM SC - Standard Symmetric

LED CW - Cool White

Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347-347V1

Finish





CRU DDM SC LED HO CW UE WHT

HO - High OutputVHO - Very High Output

Drive Current

FOOTNOTES:1- 347V only available in HO drive current.



CRU-FKL Flange Mounting Kit 537530WHTCRU-UDD Universal Mounting Kit 532951WHT

LED CANOPY LIGHT - LEGACYTM DOUBLE DECK (CRU - DDM)

Lumens Watts LPW

HO - High Output

VHO - Very High Output

LIGHT OUTPUT - CRU DDM

Cool

Whi

te 19,630

23,523

150

196

131

120

DIMENSIONS

20-3/4”(528 mm)

20-3/4” (528 mm) 20-3/4” (528 mm)3/4”(19 mm)

7-1/8”(181 mm)

12-1/4(311mm)

7-3/4(198mm)

3-3/4” (94 mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

42

CA

NO

PY

LED SURFACE MOUNT - LEGACY™ (CRUS SM)US & Int’l. patents pending.

HOUSING - One-piece, die-formed, aluminumm housing with powder coated finish. One conduit knockout and four mounting holes.


DRIVE CURRENT - Choice of Very Low Wattage (VLW), Low Wattage (LW) and Super Saver (SS).

OPTICS / DISTRIBUTION - Symmetrical, which directs light through a glass lens to provide a uniform distribution of light to vertical and horizontal surfaces.

OPTICAL UNIT - Features an ultra-slim 7/8” profile die cast housing, with a standard flat clear or diffused glass lens. Unit is water-resistant, sealed to an IP67 rating. Integral designed heat sink does not trap dirt and grime, ensuring cool running performance over the life of the fixture.


DRIVER- State-of-the-art driver technology superior energy-efficiency and optimum light output. Driver components are fully encased in potting for moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards. 0-10 V dimming supplied standard with all drive currents.

ADAPTOR PANEL - Die formed galvanized steel, with powder coat finish.


ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply, 120-277 VAC, 50/60 HZ input. Drivers feature two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C.


INSTALLATION - Pre-assembled optical unit and mounting panel attaches to fixture housing via 4 fasteners. Driver is pre-mounted to back of optical assembly.




PHOTOMETRICS - Applications layouts are available upon request. Contact LSI Petroleum Lighting or [email protected]

LISTING - UL listed to UL 1598, UL 8750 and other U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.


wet location

IP67



Catalog #

LED

43

CA

NO

PY

Prefix OptionsColor Temperature

CRUS SM(Surface Mount)

SC - Standard Symmetric

LED CW - Cool White

Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347-480 Volt

DFL - Diffused Lens

Finish





CRUS SM SC LED SS CW UE WHT

VLW - Very Low WattLW - Low Watt

SS - Super Saver

Drive Current

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATIONDescription Order NumberSSA Slope Surface Adaptor 52152 CLR2x2 Shallow Housing Only 54537610’ Toggle Cable Hanger TCH10

LED SURFACE MOUNT - LEGACY™ (CRUS SM)

VLW - Very Low Watt

LW - Low Watt

SS - Super Saver

LIGHT OUTPUT - CRUS SM

Cool

Whi

te

8,842 –

10,871 8746

13,554 11,518

79 –

88 83

114 111

112 –

124 105

119 104

Lumens Watts LPW SC AC SC AC SC AC


DIMENSIONS

SLOPE SURFACE ADAPTOR – SSA ACCESSORY TOGGLE CABLE HANGER

4-12 Slope 18 1/2°

3-12 Slope14°

4 1/2”(114 mm)

7/16”(11 mm)

22 15/16” (583 mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

44

CA

NO

PY




















wet location

IP67

LED SURFACE MOUNT - LEGACY™ (CRU SM)US & Int’l. patents pending.




Catalog #

LED

45

CA

NO

PY


CRU SM(Surface Mount)


LED CW - Cool White

Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347-480 Volt1

DFL - Diffused Lens

Finish





CRU SM SC LED HO CW UE WHT


Drive Current

FOOTNOTES:1- 480V only available in HO drive current. ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATION

Description Order NumberSSA Slope Surface Adaptor 52152 CLR2x2 Shallow Housing Only 54537610’ Toggle Cable Hanger TCH10

LED SURFACE MOUNT - LEGACY™ (CRU SM)

Lumens Watts LPW

HO - High Output


LIGHT OUTPUT - CRUK SM

Cool

Whi

te 19,630

23,523

150

196

131

120


DIMENSIONS22 15/16”(583 mm)

22 15/16”(583 mm)

4 1/2”(114 mm)

3/8”(9 mm)


4-12 Slope 18 1/2°

3-12 Slope14°



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

46

WA

LL

MO

UN

TLED CHALLENGER® WALL SCONCE (XCHWM3)

US patent 7828456, 8002428 and CAN 2736757 & 2736757 and MX patent 29631 and ISRL 49679 and AUS 2008312668 and US & Int'l. patents pending

LIGHT OUTPUT - XCHWM3Distribution/Lumens (Nominal)

Type FT Type WT Type WW Watts

Cool

Whi

te

450 m

A 3

50 m

ANe

utra

l Whi

te

450 m

A 3

50 m

A

28 2876 2902 3032 34 48 4855 4931 5038 55 28 3522 3542 3720 44 48 5900 5972 6115 72

28 2787 2792 2898 34 48 4553 4660 4580 55 28 3377 3369 3517 44 48 5453 5562 5452 72

Milliamps # of LEDs



SMARTTEC™ ENERGY SAVING FEATURES:

THERMAL CONTROL -LSI drivers feature integral sensor which reduces drive current, when ambient temperatures exceed rated temperature.

OPTIONAL INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR - Passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated when passersby enter target zone and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds. Low light level (30% of maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for 5 minutes and is gradually ramped down (10 seconds) to low level. Sensor detection range 110° horizontal x 93° vertical x 10 meters maximum distance.


LEDS - Available with 28 or 48 select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Neutral White (4000K nominal) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

OPTICS/DISTRIBUTIONS - Ultra-high efficiency reflectors provide three distributions. Choose from Wide Throw (WT), Forward Throw (FT) or Wall Wash (WW).

HOUSING - The aerodynamic aluminum housing is a rectangular shape. All mounting hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel. Housing and optical unit are sealed with extruded silicone gasket; supply conductors with molded EPDM bushing.

OPTICAL UNIT - Clear tempered optical-grade flat glass lens sealed to the aluminum optic housing creates an IP67 rated unit. Pressure stabilizing breather allows super-tight protection while preventing cycling from building up internal pressures and vacuums that can stress optical unit seals.

WALL MOUNTING - Galvanized-steel universal wall mounting plate easily mounts directly to 4” octagonal or square junction box. EPDM gasket is supplied to be installed between mounting plate and junction box, sealing junction box from entrance of water. Universal plate permits fixture to be mounted in uplighting (indoor only) or downlighting position.

POLE MOUNTING - XPMA (for square) or XPMAR (for round) allows mounting to poles in single and D180 configurations. Use with 3” reduced drilling pattern.

ELECTRICAL - Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Location Category C. Available with universal voltage power supply 120-277VAC (50/60Hz input) or 347-480VAC.

DRIVER - Available in 350mA and 450mA drive currents (Drive currents are factory programmed). Components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards. Driver can be easily accessed and removed.

EMERGENCY OPTIONS - Integral emergency battery-back-up options are available. BB option operates in 0°C to 60°C ambient temperature and CWBB operates in -20°C to 60°C ambient temperature. When primary AC power failure occurs, both options operate 10 LEDs for minimum of 90 minutes.






LISTING - ETL listed to ANSI/UL1598. UL8750 and other U.S. and international safety standards. Suitable for wet locations in downlight position. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.


This product, or selected versions of this product, meet the standards listed below. Please consult factory for your specific

requirements.


IP65



Catalog #

LED

47

WA

LL

MO

UN

TLED CHALLENGER® WALL SCONCE (XCHWM3)


XCHWM3 - LED Challenger Wall Sconce

LED 2848

CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277)

347-480

1201





XCHWM3 FT LED 48 450 CW UE WHT BB


XCHWM3 PLS - Polycarbonate Shield 172787XCHWM3 SW BLK - Surface Wiring Box 173156BLK5

SCD - Tamper-proof Screwdriver 477974FK120 - Single Fusing FK1206






NOTES:1- On 28 LEDLuminaires, 120 Volt only is DLC qualified. Specify 120 in place of UE.2- Available with UE voltage only 3- Designed with 3" reduced drilling pattern. For S or D180 mounting configuration only. 4- Tamper-proof Screwdriver must be ordered separately (See Accessory Ordering Information).5- SW BLK not compatible with XPMA or XPMAR option. Available in black only.6- Fusing to be installed in a compatible junction box supplied by contractor.

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA

Drive Current

BB - Battery Back-up2

CWBB - Cold Weather Battery Back-up2

IMS - Integral Motion SensorPCI120 - 120V Button Type PhotocellPCI208 - 208V Button Type PhotocellPCI240 - 240V Button Type PhotocellPCI277 - 277V Button Type PhotocellPCI347 - 347V Button Type PhotocellXPMA - Pole Mount Adaptor for use with square pole (for single or D180 mounting configuration only)3

XPMAR4 - Pole Mount Adaptor w/fixture backplate for use with 4” O.D. round poles3


TP - Tamper Proof4

WT - Wide Throw

FT- Forward Throw

WW - Wall Wash

DIMENSIONS

13-1/2"(343 mm)

11"(279 mm)

20"(508 mm)

8-5/8"

8-5/8"

(219 mm)

30°

Universal Mounting Plate

J-BOX CENTERLINE

3-7/8"(98 mm)

15-3/8"(390 mm)

11"(279 mm)

20"(508 mm)

3"(76 mm) (219 mm)

Shown with IMS option

J-BOX CENTERLINE

3-7/8"(98 mm)

7 3/4"(197 mm)

5 11/16"(145 mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

48

WA

LL

MO

UN

TLED GREENBRIAR® WALL SCONCE (XGBWM3)







HOUSING - The aerodynamic aluminum housing is a rectangular shape. All mounting hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel. Housing and optical unit are sealed with extruded silicone gasket; supply conductors with molded EPDM bushing.









DECAL STRIPING - Optional color-coordinated decals in 9 standard colors to accent the fixture. Decals are guaranteed for five years against peeling, cracking, or fading.


PHOTOMETRICS - Please visit our web site at www.lsi-industries.com for detailed photometric data

SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 31 lbs./14Kg

LISTING - ETL listed to ANSI/UL 1598. UL8750 and other U.S. and international safety standards. Suitable for wet locations in downlight position. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.


LIGHT OUTPUT - XGBWM3Distribution/Lumens (Nominal)


Cool

Whi

te

450 m

A 3

50 m

ANe

utra

l Whi

te

450 m

A 3

50 m

A

28 2876 2902 3032 34 48 4855 4931 5038 55 28 3522 3542 3720 44 48 5900 5972 6115 72

28 2787 2792 2898 34 48 4553 4660 4580 55 28 3377 3369 3517 44 48 5453 5562 5452 72

Milliamps # of LEDs


Shown with optional decal striping



requirements.

wet location


IP65



Catalog #

LED

49

WA

LL

MO

UN

TLED GREENBRIAR® WALL SCONCE (XGBWM3)


XGBWM3 - LED Greenbriar Wall Sconce

LED 2848


Input Voltage


(120-277)

347-480

1201





XGBWM3 FT LED 48 450 CW UE WHT BB


XGBWM3 PLS - Polycarbonate Shield 172787XGBWM3 SW BLK - Surface Wiring Box 173156BLK5

SCD - Tamper-proof Screwdriver 477974FK120 - Single Fusing FK1206






NOTES:1- On 28 LEDLuminaires, 120 Volt only is DLC qualified. Specify 120 in place of UE.2- Available with UE voltage only 3- Designed with 3" reduced drilling pattern. For S or D180 mounting configuration only. 4- Tamper-proof Screwdriver must be ordered separately (See Accessory Ordering Information).5- SW BLK not compatible with XPMA or XPMAR option. Available in black only.6- Fusing to be installed in a compatible junction box supplied by contractor.

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA

Drive Current



IMS - Integral Motion SensorPCI120 - 120V Button Type PhotocellPCI208 - 208V Button Type PhotocellPCI240 - 240V Button Type PhotocellPCI277 - 277V Button Type PhotocellPCI347 - 347V Button Type PhotocellXPMA - Pole Mount Adaptor for use with Square Pole (for single or D180 mounting configuration only)3



TP - Tamper Proof4

WT - Wide Throw

FT- Forward Throw

WW - Wall Wash

Color Decals 45 - Light Gold Metallic 55 - Black20 - Charcoal Metallic 50 - White94 - Blue Metallic 51 - Dark Red21 - Tomato Red 59 - Dark Green700 - Aztec Silver Metallic

DIMENSIONS


7 3/4"(197 mm)

5 11/16"(145 mm)

13-1/2"(343 MM)

11-3/8"(289 mm)

8-5/8"(219 mm)

30°

J-BOX CENTERLINE

3-7/8"(98 mm)

20-1/8"(511 MM)

Shown with IMS option

13-1/2"(343 MM)

11-3/8"(289 mm)

15-3/8"(390 mm)

8-5/8"(219 mm)

30°

J-BOX CENTERLINE

3-7/8"(98 mm)

20-1/8"(511 MM)

3"(76 mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

50

WA

LL

MO

UN

TLED PATRIOT® WALL SCONCE (XPWS3)

LIGHT OUTPUT - XPWS3Distribution/Lumens (Nominal)


Cool

Whi

te

450 m

A 3

50 m

ANe

utra

l Whi

te

450 m

A 3

50 m

A

28 3100 3000 3200 34 48 5100 5100 5200 55 28 3700 3600 3800 44 48 6200 6100 6300 72

28 2900 2900 3100 34 48 4900 4800 4900 55 28 3500 3500 3700 44 48 5800 5700 5800 72

Milliamps # of LEDs

LED Chips are frequently updated therefore values may increase


THERMAL CONTROL -LSI drivers feature integral sensor which reduces drive current, when ambient temperatures exceed rated temperature





HOUSING - One-piece die-cast aluminum housing is smoothly contoured rectangular shape. Mounting hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel. Housing and optical unit are sealed with extruded silicone gasket; supply conductors with molded EPDM bushing.












LISTING - ETL listed to ANSI/UL1598, UL8750 and other U.S. and international safety standards. Suitable for wet locations in downlight position. Optional Class 1 Division 2 (groups A, B, C &D) hazardous location rating is available (Select HL option). For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.


(downlight only)



requirements.

wet location


IP65




Catalog #

LED

51

WA

LL

MO

UN

TLED PATRIOT® WALL SCONCE (XPWS3)


XPWS3 - LED Patriot Wall Sconce

WT - Wide ThrowFT - Forward ThrowWW - Wall Wash

LED 2848


Input Voltage


(120-277)

347-480

BLK - Black BRZ - BronzeGPT - GraphiteMSV - Metalic SilverPLP - Platinum PlusSVG - Satin Verde GreenWHT - White

Options



IMS - Integral Motion SensorEMR2 - Two Emergency 12V Circuit Provisions with (2) 35 Watt Halogen Lamps2

PCI 120 - Button Type PhotocellPCI 208 - Button Type PhotocellPCI 240 - Button Type PhotocellPCI 277 - Button Type PhotocellPCI 347 - Button Type PhotocellHL - Class1, Division2, Hazardous Location Rating. ETL listed to UL8443

XPMA - Pole Mounting Adaptor w/fixture backplate for use with square poles4

XPMAR4 - Pole Mounting Adaptor w/fixture backplate for use with 4” O.D. round poles4

XPMAR5 - Pole Mounting Adaptor w/fixture backplate for use with 5” O.D. round poles4

Light SourceDistribution # of LEDs



XPWS3 FT LED 48 450 CW UE WHT BB

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA

Drive Current


XPWS3 Polycarbonate Shield XPWS3 SW BLK - Surface Wiring Box (Available in black only)FK120 - Single Fusing FK1205





Description Order Number Description Order Number244657

356915BLK

FOOTNOTES:1- Available with UE voltage only. 2 - Utilizes GZ4 sockets. 12 volt separate circuits required. Not available with battery back-up, photocell option, HL, XPMA or XPMAR options. 3 - Not available with battery backup, photocell or EMR2 option.4 - Not available with EMR2 option. Designed with 3” reduced drilling pattern. For S or D180 mounting configuration only.5 - Fusing to be installed in a compatible junction box supplied by contractor.

DIMENSIONS

19-1/4”(489mm)

11”(279mm)

8”(203mm)

5-11/16”(145mm)

7-3/4”(197mm)


4-5/8”(117mm)

19-1/4”(489mm)

Shown with IMS Option

8”(203mm)

4-5/8”(117mm)

12-13/16”(325mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

52

WA

LL

MO

UN

T



OCCUPANCY SENSOR (IMS) - Optional internal passive infrared motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection of motion. Low light level (30% maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~ 2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 sec.) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Sensor is located on the front of optical assembly. Sensor optic has a detection cone of approximately 45°.



DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Types 3 and FT. Exceptional uniformity creates bright environment at lower light levels.



MOUNTING - Tapered rear design allows fixtures to be easily mounted over a recessed junction box using a wall plate (supplied).







SHIPPING WEIGHT (in carton) - 31 lbs. / 14.1 Kg (small, fixture only). 39 lbs. / 17.7 Kg (medium, fixture only). Add 5 lbs. / 12 Kg for wall plate for total shipment weight.

LISTING - ETL listed to U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for wet locations.



IP65IP67


LED WALL LIGHTS - AEROMAX® (XAWSU/XAWMU)US patent 7828456, 7952293, 8002428 and CAN 2693131 & 2701653 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 3 Type FT SS

HOSSHO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XAWMULumens (Nominal)# of

LEDSWatts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 13500165001240015000

14100173001320015800

139176139176

128128128128Ne

utra

lW

hite

Type 3 Type FT SS

HOSSHO

LIGHT OUTPUT - XAWSULumens (Nominal)# of

LEDSWatts

(Nominal)

Cool

Whi

te 7000850067007900

6200765057006700

69896989

64646464Ne

utra

lW

hite


DARK-SKY FRIENDLY



Catalog #

LED

53

WA

LL

MO

UN

T



XAWSU FT LED 64 HO CW UE WHT PCR



FOOTNOTES:1- IMS, DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2 - Do not specify for satellite units.3- Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems, DIM or BLS.

4- Photocell must be ordered separately. See Accessories.5 - Factory installed PCR option required. 6 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM option in fixture. Consult factory.










XAWSU

XAWMU

LED 64

128


Input Voltage


(120-277)


(347-480V)






DriveCurrent



OptionsPCR - Photoelectric C ontrol Receptacle4

3 - Type IIIFT - Forward Throw



BLS Bi-level Switching (from external 120-277V signal)1

LED WALL LIGHTS - AEROMAX® (XAWSU/XAWMU)


Front View

Side View Bottom View

6-3/8"(161 mm)

6-3/8"(161 mm)

18-3/8"(466 mm)

26-1/2"(674 mm)

Medium

Small

Side View Bottom View

6-3/8"(161 mm)

35-7/16"(900 mm)

18-3/8"(465 mm)

18-3/8"(465 mm)

Front ViewTop View

Wall Bracket

11/16”(18mm)

8”(203mm)

8” (203mm)

6”(152mm)

6-1/2”(165mm)

4-3/4”(121mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

54

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

HOUSING – Architecturally styled, one-piece, die-cast aluminum, 360 alloy, low copper housing with .156” nominal wall thickness. One-piece vulcanized silicone gasket seals the door frame to the housing and is concealed when fixture is closed.

DOOR FRAME – One-piece, die-cast aluminum, 360 alloy, low copper, .156” nominal wall thickness door frame secures to housing via four, stainless steel recessed captive torx T-30 screws. 3/16” thick clear tempered glass lens is sealed to door frame by a one-piece silicone gasket and ten black zinc plated clips.

EXPECTED LIFE – Minimum 60,000 to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance.

LEDS – Features an array of select, high brightness, high efficiency LED chips; CW - 5000K color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal) or NW - 4000K color temperature, 80 CRI (nominal) or WW - 3500K color temperature, 80 CRI (nominal).

OPTICS / DISTRIBUTION – Choice of 6 high performance distributions; HF, VF, MF, NF, WF, or SP.

PRESSURE STABILIZING VENT – Luminaire assembly incorporates a pressure stabilizing vent breather to prevent seal fatigue and failure.

DRIVER– Driver components are fully encased in potting for moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards. Optional 0-10V dimming driver available, with controls by others.


ELECTRICAL – Universal voltage power supply, 120-277 VAC (50/60 HZ input) and 347-480 VAC. Drivers feature two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C, 10KV

MOUNTING – Standard mount is a heavy duty die cast knuckle assembly with 3/4-14 NPS male threaded arm that provides 185° range of motion. Knuckle locking plate teeth and arm allow for tilt / aiming in 7.5° increments. Aiming angle markings in 15° increments allow reliable error free aiming. Standard knuckle mount tested to withstand up to 3G vibration load rating per ANSI C136.31. Optional YM- YKe Mount is also available. Mounting accessories include Stanchion Mount, Post-Top Adapter, Junction Box, & Wall Mount for recessed or surface mount applications.

SHIPPING WEIGHT – 18 pounds.






wet location

IP66

EPA 1.1

LED FLOOD LIGHT - MEDIUM (XFLM)US & Int'l. patents pending

14”(356mm)

14”(356mm)

4”(101mm)

4-5/16”(109mm)

4-5/16”(109mm)

8-7/8”(227mm)

1-1/2”(38mm)

9-1/4”(235mm)

9-1/4”(235mm)

4-3/8”(111mm)

9-9/16”(242mm)

2-1/4”(58mm)

DIMENSIONS

YOKE MOUNT

Type

Lumens

Watts

LPW

Ho

Vo

XFLM-HF-LED-49-HO-CW-UEXFLM-MF-LED-49-HO-CW-UEXFLM-WF-LED-49-HO-CW-UEXFLM-VF-LED-49-HO-CW-UEXFLM-NF-LED-49-HO-CW-UEXFLM-SP-LED-49-HO-CW-UE

XFLM-HF-LED-28-HO-CW-UEXFLM-MF-LED-28-HO-CW-UEXFLM-WF-LED-28-HO-CW-UEXFLM-VF-LED-28-HO-CW-UEXFLM-NF-LED-28-HO-CW-UEXFLM-SP-LED-28-HO-CW-UE

5H X 3V4H X 4V5H X 5V3H X 5V4H X 4V3H X 3V

5H X 3V4H X 4V5H X 5V3H X 5V4H X 3V3H X 3V

776073384836

776074364835

366072774734

356074764634

Ho

Vo

543344182417

543345172417

163244532315

163244532316

19,80116,7539,91218,62724,68151,976

11,4569,6505,57211,18115,90434,100

6,5846,5735,7446,5486,2986,986

3,7173,7323,4073,6784,1494,501

646464646464

363636363636

1031039010298109

10310495102115125

NEMA

Field Angle

Beam Angle

MaxCD

XLFM Photometric Technical Summary and Comparison

Catalog Number




Catalog #

LED

55

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

LED FLOOD LIGHT - MEDIUM (XFLM)


LuminairePrefix Distribution

LightSource


# ofLEDs

DriveCurrent

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATIONDescription Order Number Description Order Number

(Accessories are field installed)

LineVoltage

LuminaireFinish Options

BRZ - BronzeBLK - BlackPLP – Platinum PlusWHT - WhiteSVG - Satin Verde GreenGPT - GraphiteMSV - Metallic Silver

CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

HO - High OutputLED 2849


(120-277v)

347-480 Univ Voltage (347-480v)

HF - Horizontal FloodMF - Medium FloodVF - Vertical Flood SP -SpotNF - Narrow FloodWF - Wide Flood

XFLM - Medium LED Flood

PC120 - Photocell 120vPCHV - Photocell 208-277vPC347 - Photocell 347v1

YM - Yoke MountDIM - 0-10v Dimming

XFLM SP LED 28 HO CW UE BRZ

TYPICAL ORDER EXAMPLE: BKA XFLM SMC 23 BLK

Color Temp.

BRZ – BronzeBLK – BlackPLP – Platinum PlusBUF – BuffWHT – WhiteGPT - GraphiteSVG - Satin Verde GreenMSV - Metallic Silver

None23"

4"

SMC – Stanchion Mount

J4R WM – Wall Mount

J4R WM SCE – Wall Mount Side Conduit Entry

XFLMBKA – Bracket Aluminum

7

2

FOOTNOTES:1- PCI option is not available in 480V.

JB – Junction BoxBD – Barn Doors GS – Glare Shield

122534CLR122539CLR122540CLR

122541122542CLR

122543

PS – Polycarbonate ShieldPT – Post Top Adaptor TA – Thread Adaptor 1/2" (No Finish)

BRACKET ORDERING INFORMATIONBracket

DesignationBracket

TypeBracket

ConfigurationLength OptionsBracket Finish Est. Weight (lbs.)

ARCHITECTURAL JUNCTION BOX (JB) - Cast aluminum body and extruded matching cover. One-piece EPDM cover gasket. Internal ground screw provided. 3/4" NPSM fixture mount with sealing locknut. Two 1/2" NPSM for conduit entry. For above grade installation only. Available in standard finishes.

POST TOP ADAPTOR (PT) - One-piece cast aluminum – mounts on pole with 2" pipe tenon (2-3/8" OD x 3-1/2" minimum length) or 2-1/2" pipe tenon (2-7/8" OD x 3-1/2" minimum length). Fixture threads into adaptor and attaches to pole with allen set screws. Post Top Adaptor allows mounting of one or two fixtures and 360° horizontal adjustment. Available in standard finishes.

1/2" THREADED ADAPTOR (TA )- Machined aluminum pipe reducer adapts 3/4" pipe thread (T-stem) to 1/2" pipe thread provided by others.

BARN DOORS (BD) - Extruded aluminum doors with anti-reflection baffles. Each door is attached with two aluminum clamps with set screws to maintain position. Doors are individually removable. Assembly mounts to die-cast door frame holes. Caution: Not recommended for ground-mounted fixtures in vandal-prone areas. Available in standard finishes.

GLARE SHIELD (GS) - Formed 16 ga. steel. Mounts to die-cast door frame holes and may be used withpolycarbonate shield accessory. Available in standard finishes.

POLYCARBONATE SHIELD (PS)1/8" clear convex, UV stabilized, thermoformed polycarbonate. Mounts to die-cast door frame holes. May be used with glare shield accessory. Caution: Use only when vandalism is anticipated. Useful life is limited by UV discoloration from sunlight.

MOUNTING BRACKETSSTANCHION MOUNT (SMC) - 3" OD x .250" x 22.65" cast aluminum with 3/4" NPSM fixture mount, and a standard 2 3/8" tenon. Wiring and internal ground lug accessible through hand hole. Available in standard finishes.

WALL MOUNT J-BOX (J4 WM or J4R WM SCE) - Accessory includes J4R J-Box, 507504 3/4-14 NPS canopy, canopy gasket, & 4 cap screws. J4R WM SCE version for surface mount conduit applications includes 2ea 1/2" conduit entries & includes conduit plugs.

3/4”Conduit

(by others)

Recessed J4RJunction box

3/4-14 NPSHUB

J4R WM Recessedor Surface Mount

J-box



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

56

ING

RO

UN

D

This product, or selected versions of this product, meet the standards listed below.Please consult factory for your specific requirements.

Suitable for wet locations


LSI GREENLEE® LED INGROUND LIGHT (XIG)


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal) or Warm White (3500K nominal) color temperature. 68CRI (nominal)

DRIVER CURRENT - Available in 350mA

OPTICS / AIMING - Available with 10°, spot, 25° or 40° flood horizontal beam angle distributions. Optics can be tilted +/- 15° from vertical via external aiming screw, with tamper-resistant spanner tool. Adjustment tool provided.

HOUSING - Composite rough-in housing never corrodes; field-proven to last for more than 20 years without maintenance. Luminaire housing is 85% copper alloy for wet locations or aluminum for damp/ dry locations. CNC precision machined to insure proper sealing.

DRIVER OVER CAPABILITY - 4,000 lbs. vehicle weight.

OPTICAL UNIT - 15mm low-iron tempered glass lens does not change color of light emitted. 19mm thick lens supplied with stainless steel trim option to retain flush surface. Sealed optical chamber is aimable from outside the unit to ensure integrity of the seal. No heat in the LED light beam means a cool lens - no risk of burns to bare feet. Optional slip resistant lens available, to enhance public safety.

INSTALLATION - Rough-in housing can be shipped ahead for pre-casting in concrete. Luminaire connects to field wiring via IP-68 rated connector.

ELECTRICAL - Universal frequency input (120-277V, 50/60 Hz). Surge protection meets ANSI C62.41.2, Scenario 1, Location Category C-low standards (6,000; 3,000A)

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology specifically designed for LSI LED fixtures provides unsurpassed system efficiency.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +50°C ( -40°F to +122°F)

FINISH - Clear-anodized natural aluminum finish or LSI's DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishes available. DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for a full five years. Standard colors include black, white, bronze, metallic silver, graphite and satin verde green. Natural brass matte blast finished.

TRIM - Optional 11” diameter x .18” thick stainless steel decorative trim has radial polish finish.

WARRANTY - LSI LED fixtures carry a limited 5 year warranty.


SHIPPING WEIGHT - XIGB - 28 lbs., XIGA - 14 lbs.


US patent 8,152,334 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Not recommended for continuously immersed applications

IP68 3M

SP10 NFL25 FL40

LIGHT OUTPUT - XIGLumens (Nominal)# of LEDS

350 mA 19 2159 2076 2066 Watts 22 23 22

350 mA 19 1445 1485 1347 Watts 22 23 22

Cool

Whi

teW

arm

Whi

te




Catalog #

LED

57

ING

RO

UN

DLSI GREENLEE® LED INGROUND LIGHT (XIG)

Prefix FinishColor

TemperatureDrive

Current

XIG B - Brass

A - Aluminum(Indoor or DampLocation Only)

RIH

LED 19 350 - 350 mA CW - Cool WhiteWW - Warm White

Input Voltage Distribution

UE- Universal Electronic(120-277V 50/60 Hz)

NB - Natural Brass1 NA - Natural Aluminum2 BRZ - Bronze BLK - Black WHT - White MSV - Metallic Silver GPT - Graphite SVG - Satin Verde Green

SP10 - 10° SpotNFL25 - 25° Narrow FloodFL40 - 40° Flood

Options

SST - Stainless Steel Trim3,4,6

TR - Tamper Resistant FastenersDSA - Directional Shield Aluminum5,6

DSB - Directional Shield Brass6

RGA - Rock Guard Aluminum5,6

RGB - Rock Guard Brass6

SRL - Slip Resistant Lens

Light SourceHousing # of LEDs



XIG A LED 19 350 CW UE SP10 WHT SST

NOTES:1- Brass Housing Only2- Aluminum Housing Only3- SST not avaiable with DS or RG options

4- Aluminum housing painted BLK with SST. Brass housing NOT painted with SST.5- DSA/RGA compatible with XIG A only.6- XIG can NOT have DSB/A, RGB/A and SST at the same time. Only one.

G34062

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATION (Accessories are field installed)TRKEY - Key for TR Fasteners

9-1/2”(240mm)

2-1/2”(64mm)

1-1/4”(32mm) 2-1/2”

(64mm)

7-1/8”(181mm)

4-1/2” (114mm) Lens Opening

Side View

OPTIONS

Top View Bottom View

3/4-14 NPSM(2x) Conduit

Entries

8”(204mm)

7-3/4”(197mm)

6-1/8”(156mm)

DIMENSIONS

Rock Guard (RGA/B)

Lens/Lamp Protection

Directional Shield(DSA/B)

Increased Light Control

Stainless Steel Trim (SST)

Decorative Appeal

Slip Resistant Lens (SRL)

Enhance Public Safety



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

58

BO

LL

AR

D


DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency, control, and protection. Components are fully encased in potting material for IP68 moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.

OPTIONAL INTERNAL MOTION SENSOR - Doppler motion sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated when passerby enters target zone and increased to full bright in 2-3 seconds. Low light level (30% of maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for 4 minutes and is gradually ramped down (7 seconds) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Sensor detection range is 360 degrees horizontal x average of 25' - 30'.

DUAL BEAM OPTICS - Utilizes two separate LED arrays to provide more uniform illumination - proprietary to LSI. Results in unprecedented fixture spacing, while providing great uniformity.

EXPECTED LIFE - Minimum 60,000 to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI website for specific guidance.

LEDS - 16 or 30 select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K) or Neutral White (4000K) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

REFLECTOR/DISTRIBUTION - 360° or 180° distribution.

EMERGENCY OPTIONS - Integral emergency battery-back-up options are available. BB option operates in 0°C to 60°C ambient temperature and CWBB operates in -20°C to 60°C ambient temperature. When primary AC power failure occurs, both options battery operate 10 LEDs in upper ring aperture for a minimum of 90 minutes and exceed NFPA-Life Safety Code requirements for means of egress lighting.

LOWER HOUSING - One-piece, heavy-walled, extruded aluminum, .322” thick for vandal resistance. Various heights are available in 6” increments starting at 30” (maximum height is 60”). Lower housing attaches to cast aluminum base plate with four stainless steel roll pins.

CROWN ASSEMBLY - Flat or domed, heavy cast aluminum. For added security against vandals, crown attaches to lower housing with four captive, concealed ¼” x 20 Allen-head screws.

LENS - 2 one piece heavy walled borosilicate lenses are recessed .764” and protected by three cast ribs for vandal resistance. Exposed portion of top lens is only .934” tall with the lower lens being only 1.831” tall.

BASE PLATE - Extra thick, ½” cast T6 treated aluminum base is conversion coated and black powder coated for corrosion resistance.

OPTIONAL ROUGHNECK REINFORCEMENT - .375” thick zinc plated, steel base plate with welded U shaped reinforcement. 3/8” diameter 302 stainless steel roll pins with 10,000 lb. shear load.

ANCHOR BOLTS - Anchor bolts are 3/8”x10” long heavy duty galvanized steel. Four (4) are furnished.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply (120-277 VAC 50/60HZ). 347-480V also available. 350 mA standard. Surge protector meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1 Location Category C.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +50°C(-40°F to +122°F).




SHIPPING WEIGHT - 50 lbs.

LISTING - Listed to U.S. and Canadian standards. Suitable for wet locations.

LSI GREENLEE® LED SPEC GRADE BOLLARD (XHYP3) US & Int'l. patents pending



Lumens Watts Lumens Watts

LIGHT OUTPUT - XHYP Full Output Dimmed# of LEDSDescription

301610

1690950748

342020

692401—

127—

XHYP3-360 XHYP3-180 XHYP3-360-30-BB

350mA - Standard

301610

1599856—

3420—

———

———

XHYP3-360 XHYP3-180 XHYP3-360-30-BB

Neut

ral W

hite

Cool

Whi

te


IP65 ARRAFunding Compliant




Catalog #

LED

59

BO

LL

AR

D

Prefix

XHYP3 - LED Hyperion

LED 30

16

350 - 350mA UE - Universal Electronic(120-277)

347-480

BRZ - BronzeBLK - BlackPLP - Platinum PlusWHT - WhiteGPT - GraphiteSVG - Satin Verde GreenMSV - Metallic Silver

# ofLEDS

NW - Neutral WhiteCW - Cool White

360°

180°

Color TempDrive

CurrentDistributionLight

Source

FT - Flat TopDT - Dome Top

TopInput Voltage Finish


PRODUCT ORDERING INFORMATION

XHYP3 360 LED 30 350 NW UE BRZ FT IMS

Options

1- Standard height is 42" for FT and 45" for DT. Non-standard heights are available in 6" increments. Minimum height is 30". Maximum height is 60". 2- Not available with 180° Distribution 3- Battery Backup & Cold Weather Battery Backup minimum height is 36" 4- Battery Backup & Cold Weather Battery Backup is only available in 120 -277v.5- Rough Neck option must be entered at time of original order. Can’t be switched in field.6- Not CE marked.

H - XX (Specify Height)1

GFR - GFI Duplex ReceptacleLAB - Less Anchor BoltsIMS - Integral Motion Sensor6

PCI 120 - 120v Button Type PhotocellPCI 208-277 - 208 - 277v Button Type PhotocellPCI 347 - 347 Button Type PhotocellRN - RoughNeck Heavy Duty Mtg. Plate5

BB - Battery Backup2, 3, 4

CWBB - Cold Weather Battery Backup 2, 3, 4

LPC - Lens Protector Casting painted black

ACCESSORIESABKIT - Anchor Bolt Kit (BVR) 3/8" x 10" - Galvanized

LSI GREENLEE® LED SPEC GRADE BOLLARD (XHYP3)

Note: Base plate dimensions may change without notice. Do not use for setting anchor bolts. Consult factory for base plate templates.

Anchor Bolt3/8" X 10"

1.5" (38mm)Bolt Projection

Bolt Circle 6" Maximum(114mm)

Maximum Bolt Circle is 6"Standard (Minimum) Bolt Circle is 4.5"

ConduitOpening3" (76mm)

BASE DETAIL

DIMENSIONS8-1/2”

5-5/16” 5-5/16”

42” 44-1/2”1-13/16”

1-13/16”

30”30-1/8”

15/16”15/16”



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

60

BO

LL

AR

D


LEDS - An array of 24 select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K), Warm White (3500K) or Neutral White (4000K) color temperature, 69 CRI (nominal)

REFLECTOR/DISTRIBUTION - Indirect. Photometric data is tested in accordance to IESNA Procedures.

HOUSING - Crown: Virtually tamper-proof concealed stainless steel fasteners in the cast aluminum crown assembly.

Lower Housing: One-piece, .322 inch seamless, extruded aluminum. Various heights are available in 6” increments starting at a minimum of 30” (maximum height is 60”). Lower housing attaches to cast aluminum base plate with four stainless steel roll pins.

OPTIONAL ROUGHNECK REINFORCEMENT - .375” thick zinc plated, steel base plate with welded U shaped reinforcement. 3/8” diameter 302 stainless steel roll pins with 10,000 lb. shear load.

LENS/GASKET - One-piece, clear acrylic lens enclosure fully gasketed at top and bottom edge.

ANCHOR BOLTS - Requires four heavy-duty 3/8” x 10” galvanized steel anchor bolts.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply (120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz). 347-480V also available - 400mA is standard. Surge protector meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1 Location Category C.

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.



DECAL STRIPING - Color-coordinated decal is available in 9 standard decal colors or by custom order from a selection of hundreds. Decal is guaranteed for five years against peeling, cracking, or fading.



LISTING - Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. DLC - not all possible distributions are DLC approved. Please refer to LSI or DLC web site for specific listings. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



wet location

LED BOLLARD LIGHT (XBVRD)


U.S. and international patents pending

42" standard(1067mm)

8-5/8"(219mm)

Catalog # Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Length (mm/in.) Width (mm/in.) Height (mm/in.)XBVRFXBVRD

Anchor Bolts (3/8" x 10")

25/5625/561/set1/2

1318/51.8751318/51.875

-

311/12.25311/12.25

-

251/9.875 251/9.875

-

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - LED Bollard

Dome-Top

Note: Base plate dimensions may change without notice. Do not use for setting anchor bolts. Consult factory for base plate templates.

Anchor Bolt3/8" X 10"

1.5" (38mm)Bolt Projection

Bolt Circle 6" Maximum(114mm)

Maximum Bolt Circle is 6"Standard (Minimum) Bolt Circle is 4.5"

ConduitOpening3" (76mm)

BASE DETAIL

Lumens Watts

LIGHT OUTPUT - XBVR Output# of LEDSDescription

1338

1224

856

24

24

24

38

38

38

Cool WhiteXBVR ID

Neutral WhiteXBVR IDWarm WhiteXBVR ID


DIMENSIONS



Catalog #

LED

61

BO

LL

AR

D

Prefix

XBVRF Flat-Top XBVRD Round-Top

LED - Light Emitting Diode

24 UE - Universal Electronic (120-277V 50/60Hz)

347 - 347 volt

480 - 480 volt

BRZ - BronzeBLK - BlackPLP - Platinum PlusBUF - BuffWHT - WhiteGPT - GraphiteSVG - Satin Verde GreenMSV - Metallic Silver

# of LEDS


400ID - Indirect

Color TempDrive CurrentDistribution Light Source Line Voltage Finish



XBVRF ID LED 24 400 CW UE BRZ 45

Options

1 - Taller or shorter heights available in 6" increments. Minimum height is 30". Maximum height is 60".

285560122510


ABKIT - Anchor Bolt Kit (BVR) 3/8" x 10" - GalvanizedHSS - Round House Side Shield


H - XX (Specify Height) 1 PCI120 - Button-type Photocell PCI208, 240,277 - Button-type Photocell PCI347 - Button-type PhotocellGFR - GFI Duplex Receptacle LAB - Less Anchor BoltsRN - Roughneck Heavy Duty Mounting Plate

Color Decals 45 - Light Gold 20 - Charcoal Metallic 55 - Black 94 - Blue Black 59 - Dark Green 51 - Dark Red 21 - Tomato Red 50 - White 700 - Aztec Silver Metallic

LED BOLLARD LIGHT (XBVRD)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

62

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT



OCCUPANCY SENSING (IMS) - Optional internal passive infrared motion sensor activated switching of luminaire light levels. High level light is activated when automobile or passerby enters sensor target zone. High light level is increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection. Low light level (30% of maximum drive current) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~ 2 minutes. Upon inactivity, light level is gradually ramped down (10-15 sec.) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust. Two sensor detection optics are available. The wide optic has a coverage range of 40 feet diameter at mounting heights of 8 feet to 12 feet. The narrow optic has a coverage range of 20 feet diameter at a mounting height of 8 feet to 12 feet.

DIMMING (DIM) - Optional 0-10 volt dimming enabled, with controls by others.BI-LEVEL SWITCHING (BLS) - Optional bi-level switching responds to external line voltage

signal from separate controller or sensor (by others), with low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current.


LEDS - Two LED array choices; 50 and 68. Each feature high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K) or Neutral White (4000K) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DRIVER CURRENT OPTIONS - Available in 350mA, 450mA or 550mA drive currents. DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Ultra-high efficiency reflectors provide solid performance

for typical spacings and heights, exceptional uniformity with vertical illumination and full cutoff. Ideal when maximum spacing is desired without sacrificing desired lumen levels. Meets RP20 recommendations while delivering unique control of distribution to minimize glare. Optional diffused lens available to reduce visibility of diodes.

HOUSING/OPTICAL UNIT - The XPG3 features a slim 7-1/8” profile. Housing is die-formed aluminum with a gasketed clear flat tempered glass lens providing a water-resistant seal. Weather-tight aluminum enclosure contains factory prewired driver to ensure no water entry and to eliminate need to open fixture completely. Optical unit is IP67 rated.

MOUNTING - Not intended for recessed mounting in enclosed ceilings. Standard mounting is rigid 3/4” pendant mount or direct surface mount to 4” (102mm) octagon box (box by others). Pendant and direct mount standard with 48” leads and 8” leads respectively. Direct mount features standard quick mount plate with elongated key hole slots to allow alignment of fixtures.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply (120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz). Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C. Emergency LED battery back-up/driver operates 10 LEDs for a minimum of 90 minutes when primary AC power failure occurs.

DRIVER - Proprietary, state-of-the-art SmartTec driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Driver will operate with input of 120V thru 277V (50/60 Hz). LSI components are fully encased in potting material for IP65 moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F).FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process.

The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling. WARRANTY - Limited 5-year warranty.


SHIPPING WEIGHT - Standard fixture 21 lbs. (9.5 kg). Fixtures with battery back-up 28 lbs. (13 kg)


LED GEN3 PARKING GARAGE LIGHT (XPG3)US patent D603081 & D611188 & 7828456 and US & Int'l. patents pending

Type 5 Type S

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

l Whi

te

LIGHT OUTPUT - XPG3Lumens (Nominal)

# of LEDS Watts471858145743708266568397424556955137691959507875

506850685068506850685068

6187751276069580895210712599870517313858484569880

56757398901255675739890125

350 mA

450 mA

550 mA

350 mA

450 mA

550 mA



wet location


IP65IP67



Catalog #

LED

63

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT

LED GEN3 PARKING GARAGE LIGHT (XPG3)


XPG3DDirect Mount

XPG3PPendant Mount

LED 5068

CW - Cool White (5300º K nom.)

NW - Neutral White (4100º K nom.)

Input Voltage

UE - Universal Electronic (120-277)

347 - 347 volt

480 - 480 volt

WHT - WhiteBLK - BlackMSV - Metallic Silver

Sensor/OptionsOptional ControlsLightSource




XPG3P 5 LED 68 450 CW UE WHT


BGXPG PCS5

C/F6

C/F6

Bird GuardPolycarb SheildROSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V Occupancy SensorROSB277 - WL Remote Box with 277V Occupancy Sensor

Description Order Number Order Number

FOOTNOTES:1 - IMS, DIM and BLS are not compatible.2 - Do not specify for satellite units. 3 - Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems,

DIM or BLS

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA550 - 550mA

DriveCurrent

SensorES2 - External SensorIMSW - Integral Motion Sensor Wide3

OptionsBB - Battery BackupCWBB - Cold Weather BBDFL - Diffused Lens4

C/F6

C/F6

RPSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V External PhotocellRPSB208-277 - WL Remote Box with 208-277V External Photocell

Description

5 - Type 5S - Symmetric



BLS - Bi-level Switching (from external signal)1

4 - Diffused lens reduces light output. Consult factory.5 - Polycarb sheild not available with IMS.6 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM options in fixture. Consult factory.

BOTTOM VIEW

POLYCARB SHIELD

SIDE VIEW SIDE VIEW

DIMENSIONS

7-1/8”(183mm)8”

(203mm)

5/8”(16mm)

16-1/2”(419mm)

16-1/2”(419mm)

2-1/2”(63mm)

4-1/8”(105mm)

7-1/8”(183mm)8”

(203mm)

5/8”(16mm)

2-1/2”(63mm)

Optional IMS

1-3/16”(30mm)

7”(178mm)

13-3/8”(339mm)

13-3/8”(339mm)

16-3/8”(416mm)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

64

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT LED LINEAR PARKING GARAGE (XLPG)

Cool WhiteNeutral WhiteWarm White


LIGHT OUTPUT - XLPGLumensHO

9,6348,2737,980

9,8748,4788,188

6,7646,0485,731

797979

797979

575757

123105101

125107104

118107101

Watts LPW

Diffu

sed

Lens

Clea

rLe

ns


SS

Diffu

sed

Lens


HOUSING – High impact resistant, reinforced polyester, fiberglass housing. IP67, Vaportight design is available in 4’ lengths.

LENS – Standard injection molded optically diffused lens, with impact resistant acrylic for strength, secured by 8 locking polycarbonate latches. Optional clear lens is available. Additional choices of stainless steel or Tamper resistant latches are also available.

GASKET – A continuous, compressible, non toxic, fire-retardant closed cell neoprene gasket is used. It provides a uniform width and thickness for a tight IP67 seal between the housing and lens.

GEAR TRAY – Components are mounted to a code-gauge, die-formed steel tray.

BREATHER – Features special breather design in the housing to prevent internal pressures and vacuums to ensure long-life seal and component integrity.

LEDS – Features a choice of an array of select, mid-power, high brightness, high efficiency LED chips; CW - 5000K color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal) or NW - 4000K color temperature, 80 CRI (minimal) or WW - 3500K color temperature, 80 CRI (nominal).

OPTICS / DISTRIBUTION – High performance distribution provides excellent uniformity and meets IES RP-20 and IES G-1.

INTEGRAL DUAL SENSOR (IDS) – Optional integral dual microwave sensor activates switching of luminaire light levels, based upon factory programmed specifications of motion and or light levels. High level light is activated and increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds of signal receipt. Low light level (choice of 30% maximum drive current or “off”) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity or sufficient light level, for ~ 2 minutes and ramps down (10-15 seconds) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust.

ENERGY SAVING CONTROL OPTIONS – (DIM) – 0-10 volt dimming enabled with controls by others.(BLS) – Bi-level switching responds to external line voltage signal from separate 120 – 277v controller or sensor (by others), with low light level decreased to 30% maximum drive current.

DRIVER– Available in SS (Super Saver) and HO (High Output) drive currents. State-of-the-art driver technology superior energy-efficiency and optimum light output. Driver is IP66 rated, for moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards. Surge protected at 10KV. 0-10v dimming drivers are supplied as standard. Controls by others.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - 30°C to 35°C (-22°F to 95°F)

ELECTRICAL – Universal voltage power supply, 120-277 VAC, 50/60 HZ input. All devices are UL/CUL listed. Optional emergency pack, cords and conduits are available. Meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C.

FINISH – All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Interior housing reflective surfaces are finished with white, high reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder.

MOUNTING – Designed for standard surface mounting. Optional heavy duty mounting bracket available for vandal prone areas. Designed to be installed without opening.

EXPECTED LIFE – Minimum 60,000 to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance.



SHIPPING WEIGHT (IN CARTON) - 17 lbs. (7.7 Kg)

LISTING - UL listed to UL 1598, UL8750 and other U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for wet locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.


requirements.

wet location

IP67 NSF



Catalog #

LED

65

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT



XLPG LED HO CW UE WHT HMB HUB 6FCT

REPLACEMENT PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION (field installed)

DIMENSIONS

HMB Option


Surface Mounting Bkts (Pair) M15212Diffused Lens6 504417Clear Lens 404733


XLPG LED Linear Parking Garage

LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347 - 347V

WHT - White

Option Controls OptionalSensor/Options

LightSource

HO - High OutputSS - Super Saver

DriveCurrent

36” (914mm)

5-7/8”(149mm)

31-1/2” (+/-3”)(800mm [+/- 76mm])

7-1/4”(184mm)

7-1/4”(184mm)

51-7/8”(1381mm)

51-7/8”(1381mm)

7-7/8”(201mm)

SensorES- External Sensor2 IDS0 - Integral Motion / Light Sensor3, 9

Sensor (Turns Off)IDS30 - Integral Motion / Light Sensor3,9

Sensor (Dims to 30%)OCS - Occupancy Sensor (damp)OCWL - Occupancy Sensor (Wet)

OptionsEM -Emergency Pack8 SL - Stainless Steel LatchesTP - Tamper Resistant Latches & ScrewsHUB - 3/4 NPT threaded hub installed Centerback7

HMB - Heavy Duty Mounting BracketsCLR - Clear Lens6FCT - 6' Flex Conduit - Top Mount (wet location)4

6FCE - 6' Flex Conduit - End Mount (wet location)4

6CT - 6' Cord - Top Mount (damp location)5

6CE - 6' Cord - End Mount (damp location)5

LSI Wireless Network(requires a Ventura controller/Malibu link)(blank) - NoneVCM - Standard (revenue grade)DIM - 0-10 volt dimming(required for satellite fixtures)

Stand-Alone Control(blank) - NoneDIM - 0-10V Dimming1

(from external signal)BLS - Bi-level Switching (30%)1

(from external signal)

FOOTNOTES:1 - DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together.2 - Do not specify for satellite units. 3 - Not Compatible with LSI wireless systems.4 - Consult factory for other configurations.5 - Not available with LSI controls.6 - Diffused lens reduces light output. Consult factory.7 - HUB not designed for mounting via single pendant. Only designed for retrofit applications with 3/4” IP stem.8 - EM option has limited operating temperature of 0°C, minimum.9 - IDS can not be ordered with Virtinet wireless systems.10 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM options in fixture. Consult factory.


C/F10

C/F10ROSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V Occupancy SensorROSB277 - WL Remote Box with 277V Occupancy Sensor

Description Order Number Order NumberC/F10

C/F10RPSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V External PhotocellRPSB208-277 - WL Remote Box with 208-277V External Photocell

Description

LED LINEAR PARKING GARAGE (XLPG)



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

66

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT




















wet location

IP67

LED SURFACE MOUNT - LEGACY™ (CRU SM)US & Int’l. patents pending.




Catalog #

LED

67

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT


CRU SM(Surface Mount)


LED CW - Cool White

Input Voltage


(120-277V)

347-480 Volt1

DFL - Diffused Lens

Finish





CRU SM SC LED HO CW UE WHT


Drive Current

FOOTNOTES:1- 480V only available in HO drive current. ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATION

Description Order NumberSSA Slope Surface Adaptor 52152 CLR2x2 Shallow Housing Only 54537610’ Toggle Cable Hanger TCH10

LED SURFACE MOUNT - LEGACY™ (CRU SM)

Lumens Watts LPW

HO - High Output


LIGHT OUTPUT - CRUK SM

Cool

Whi

te 19,630

23,523

150

196

131

120


DIMENSIONS22 15/16”(583 mm)

22 15/16”(583 mm)

4 1/2”(114 mm)

3/8”(9 mm)


4-12 Slope 18 1/2°

3-12 Slope14°



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

68

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs. Cool White 5000K color temperature, 69 CRI (nominal).DRIVER CURRENT - Super saver (SS) - most economical and highest lumens per watt or

High Output (HO) - highest output per initial dollar.

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Type S (Symmetric) or 5A (Type 5). Excellent uniformity with Bug rating of BU-UO-G1. Optional diffused lens available to reduce visibility of diodes

HOUSING/OPTICAL UNIT - Housing is die-formed aluminum with a gasketed clear tempered glass lens providing a water-resistant seal. Weather-tight aluminum enclosure contains factory prewired driver to ensure no water entry. Sealed optical unit containing LEDs rated IP67.

MOUNTING - Direct mounts with screws through the trim frame (standard). Optional channel bar kit available to suspend assembly from ceiling joists. 12” clearance required for ease of installation.

ELECTRICAL - Universal frequency power supply (50/60 Hz). Supply voltage must be specified for pre-wired thermal protectors.

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for LSI LED light sources provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Driver will operate with input of 120/208/240/277V (50/60 Hz). Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.


FINISH - Each fixture is finished with LSI's DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for five full years. Standard color is white.



LISTING - Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.

This product, or selected versions of this product, meet the standards listed below. Please consult factory



damp location

IP67

US patents D574994 & D595896 & 7828456 and US & Int'l. patents pending

LED SOFFIT LIGHT (XSL2)

SS - Super Saver 6,193 60 103HO - High Output 8,348 86 97SS - Super Saver 5,158 60 86HO - High Output 6,959 86 81

Diffused Lens SS - Super Saver 5,752 60 96HO - High Output 6,751 87 78SS - Super Saver 4,393 60 73HO - High Output 5,842 87 67

LIGHT OUTPUT - XSL2Clear Lens Lumens Watts LPW

Type

STy

pe 5

ATy

pe S

Type

5A





Catalog #

LED

69

GA

RA

GE

/C

AN

OP

Y/S

OF

FIT

LED SOFFIT LIGHT (XSL2)

Prefix

XSL2 - Soffit Light LED 50 120208240277347

WHT - White

# ofLEDs

CW - Cool White (5000º K nom.)

S - Symmetric5A - Type 5

Color TemperatureDistribution Light Source


Drive Current Input Voltage Finish



XSL2 S LED 50 SS CW 120 WHT CMT

CMT - Channel Bar Mounting KitDM - Direct MountDFL - Diffused Lens

Options

TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW(Channel Mount Shown)

SHIPPING WEIGHT - 14 lbs. (6.4kg)

8-1/4"(210mm)

18" (457mm)

18" (457mm)

18"(457mm)

15-1/4 - 15-1/2" Square(387mm - 394mm)

(Direct Mount)

151/2- 16-3/4" Square(394mm - 425mm) (C-Channel Mount)

DIMENSIONS

12" CLEARANCE REQUIREDFOR EASE OF INSTALLATION

Cutaway View

2-5/16” - 6-5/8”(58 - 168 mm)

Minimum-Maximum Clamping Height

C-Channel

Hanging Bracket

Trim Ring

Hinge



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

70

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED HIGH BAY (XHB3) 128US patent 7,828,456 and US & Int'l. patents pending

S AL Watts

LIGHT OUTPUT - XHB3 128Lumens (Nominal)# of LEDS

350 mA 128 16497 15849 145450 mA 128 19073 19298 192 350 mA 128 14131 14453 145450 mA 128 17021 17741 192

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

l Whi

te


SHIPPING WEIGHTS - XHB3347 480UE

25.6 30.2 30.2



THERMAL CONTROL - Sensors in the driver enclosure and optical unit reduce drive current when elevated ambient temperatures increase LED temperatures above design limits.

INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR (IMS) - Choice of 2 optional internal passive infrared motion sensor activated switching of luminaire light levels, either 0 or 30% of power. High level light is activated when activity is sensed in target zone. High light level is increased to full bright in 1-2 seconds upon detection. Low light level (0 or 30% of power) is activated when target zone is absent of motion activity for ~ 2 minutes. Upon inactivity, light level is gradually ramped down (10-15 sec.) to low level to allow eyes time to adjust.



EXPECTED LIFE - Up to 100,000 hours. See LSI web site for specific guidance.

LEDS - An array with 128 LEDs, which feature select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K) or Neutral White (4000K) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DRIVE CURRENT - Available in 350mA and 450 mA.

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Symmetric or asymmetric distribution – high efficiency reflectors provide exceptional uniformity and vertical illumination without glare. Optional diffused lens available to reduce visibility of diodes.

HOUSING - Housing is die-formed aluminum. Designed to resist birds and accumulation of dust and debris. Access panel provides one-screw access to driver and wiring connections.

OPTICAL UNIT - Featuring an ultra-slim 1” profile, housing is die-formed aluminum with a clear tempered glass lens. Unit is water-resistant, sealed to an IP67 rating. Patented integral single blade heat sink does not trap dirt and grime, ensuring cool running performance over the life of the fixture.

THE INDUSTRY'S ONLY BREATHABLE SEAL - Teflon® breather allows super-tight IP67 protection while preventing temperature cycling from building up internal pressures and vacuums that can stress optical unit seals and components.

MOUNTING - HoK and 6' cord (plug not included) or 3/4” pendant mount are available. Fixture weight less than 30 lbs.

ELECTRICAL - Available with universal voltage power supply (120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz input), 347 VAC and 480 VAC. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C.

DRIVER - Proprietary, state-of-the-art SmartTec™ driver technology provides unsurpassed system efficiency, control and protection. LSI components are fully encased in potting for IP65 moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +40°C (-40°F to 104°F).

FINISH - Standard color is white. Finished with LSI's DuraGrip® polyester powder coat process.


LISTING - ETL listed to UL1598, UL8750 and other U.S. and international safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.

PHOTOMETRICS - Application layouts are available upon request. Contact [email protected].



damp location

IP67



Catalog #

LED

71

IND

US

TR

IAL

Prefix FinishMountingColorTemperature

XHB3 LED 128 CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277v)

347-480 - Univ. Voltage

(347-480v)

WHT - White

Sensor/OptionsOptional ControlsLightSource




XHB3 S LED 128 450 CW UE HM6 WHT


EM01825

495844507510

Cast Mounting Hook XHB3 Polycarb Shield 128 KitXHB3 Wire Guard 128 Kit


FOOTNOTES:1 - DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together. 2 - Do not specify for satellite units. 3 - Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA

DriveCurrent

SensorES2 - External SensorIMS03 - Integral Motion Sensor (Turns Off)IMS303 - Integral Motion Sensor (Dims to 30%)

OptionsDFL - Diffused Lens4

C/F6

C/F6

C/F6

C/F6

ROSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V Occupancy SensorROSB277 - WL Remote Box with 277V Occupancy Sensor RPSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V External PhotocellRPSB208-277 - WL Remote Box with 208-277V External Photocell

Description

S - Type S SymmetricAL - Asymmetric


Stand-Alone Control(blank) - NoneDIM1 - 0-10V Dimming (from external signal)BLS1 - Bi-level Switching (from external signal)

4 - Diffused lens reduces light output. Consult factory.5 - Cast mounting hook compatible with pendant option only. Must be ordered separately.6 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM options in fixture. Consult factory.

HM6 - Hook and 6' Cord

PM - Pendant Mount (3/4”)

LED HIGH BAY (XHB3) 128

DIMENSIONS

9 7/8”(251mm)

12 1/2”(317mm)

11 1/2”(292mm)

21 7/8”(556mm)

1”(25mm)

15-7/8”(403mm)

15-7/8”(403mm)

21-9/16”(548mm)

12-3/8”(314mm)

POLYCARB SHEILD

9/16”(14mm)

2 1/8”(54mm)

21 7/8”(556mm)

Cast Mounting HoK



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

72

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED HIGH BAY (XHB3) 176US patent 7,828,456 and US & Int'l. patents pending

SHIPPING WEIGHTS347 480UE

30.6 35.2 35.2

S AL Watts

LIGHT OUTPUT - XHB3 176Lumens (Nominal)# of LEDS

350 mA 176 21686 21464 197450 mA 176 26219 26663 259 350 mA 176 18197 18130 197450 mA 176 22346 21669 259

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

l Whi

te




THERMAL CONTROL - Sensors in the driver enclosure and optical unit reduce drive current when elevated ambient temperatures increase LED temperatures above design limits.




EXPECTED LIFE - Up to 100,000 hours. See LSI web site for specific guidance.

LEDS - An array with 176 high brightness LEDs; Cool White (5000K) or Neutral White (4000K) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal).

DRIVE CURRENT - Available in 350mA and 450 mA.

DISTRIBUTION/PERFORMANCE - Symmetric or asymmetric distribution – high efficiency reflectors provide exceptional uniformity and vertical illumination without glare. Optional diffused lens available to reduce visibility of diodes.

HOUSING - Housing is die-formed aluminum. Designed to resist birds and accumulation of dust and debris. Access panel provides one-screw access to driver and wiring connections.

OPTICAL UNIT - Featuring an ultra-slim 1” profile, housing is die-formed aluminum with a clear tempered glass lens. Unit is water-resistant, sealed to an IP67 rating. Patented integral single blade heat sink does not trap dirt and grime, ensuring cool running performance over the life of the fixture.

THE INDUSTRY'S ONLY BREATHABLE SEAL - Teflon® breather allows super-tight IP67 protection while preventing temperature cycling from building up internal pressures and vacuums that can stress optical unit seals and components.

MOUNTING - HoK and 6' cord (plug not included) or 3/4” pendant mount are available. Fixture weight less than 35 lbs.

ELECTRICAL - Available with universal voltage power supply (120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz input), 347 VAC and 480 VAC. Two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C.

DRIVER - Proprietary, state-of-the-art SmartTec™ driver technology provides unsurpassed system efficiency, control and protection. LSI components are fully encased in potting for IP65 moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to +40°C (-40°F to 104°F).

FINISH - Standard color is white. Finished with LSI's DuraGrip® polyester powder coat process.


LISTING - ETL listed to UL1598, UL8750 and other U.S. and international safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.

PHOTOMETRICS - Application layouts are available upon request. Contact [email protected].



damp location

IP67



Catalog #

LED

73

IND

US

TR

IAL

Prefix FinishMountingColorTemperature

XHB3-HighBay


Input Voltage


(120-277v)

347-480 - Univ. Voltage

(347-480v)

WHT - White





XHB3 S LED 176 450 CW UE HM6 WHT


EM01826

509676527787WHT

C/F7

Cast Mounting Hook XHB3 Wire Guard 176 KitXHB3 Polycarb Sheild 176 KitROSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V Occupancy Sensor


FOOTNOTES:1 - Consult factory for availability.2 - DIM and BLS cannot be ordered together. 3 - Do not specify for satellite units. 4 - Not compatible with Virtinet wireless systems

350 - 350mA450 - 450mA

DriveCurrent

SensorES3 - External SensorIMS04 - Integral Motion Sensor (Turns Off) IMS304 - Integral Motion Sensor (Dims to 30%)

OptionsDFL - Diffused Lens5

C/F7

C/F7

C/F7

ROSB277 - WL Remote Box with 277V Occupancy Sensor RPSB120 - WL Remote Box with 120V External PhotocellRPSB208-277 - WL Remote Box with 208-277V External Photocell

Description

S - Type S SymmetricAL - Asymmetric1


Stand-Alone Control(blank) - NoneDIM2 - 0-10V Dimming (from external signal)BLS2 - Bi-level Switching (from external signal)

5 - Diffused lens reduces light output. Consult factory.6 - Cast mounting hook compatible with pendant option only. Must be ordered separately.7 - Includes VCM. To be used in conjunction with VCM options in fixture. Consult factory.

HM6 - Hook and 6' Cord

PM - Pendant Mount (3/4”)

LED HIGH BAY (XHB3) 176

DIMENSIONS12 1/4 [312 mm]

13 1/2 [341 mm]10 7/8 [277 mm]

24 1/8 [613 mm]

2 1/8 [53 mm]

24 1/8 [612 mm] 14.01

23.10

23.13

4.08

23.53

Cast Mounting HoK

176 LED XHB3 Wire Guard



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

74

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED LINEAR HIGH BAY (XLHB) LED LINEAR HIGH BAY (XLHB) US & Int'l. patents pending

DIMENSIONS

4.1”(103mm)

47.6” (1208mm)

22.6”(575mm)

14”(356mm)

TOP VIEW 2, 4 LAMP

TOP VIEW 6, 8 LAMP

SIDE VIEW

END VIEW

Lumens Watts LPW SDFL S AL SDFL S AL SDFL S AL

XLHB - 2 - SS 8,012 9,232 9,213 76 76 76 105 121 121

XLHB - 2 - HO 10,929 12,557 12,581 109 109 109 100 115 116

XLHB - 4 - SS 15,277 17,953 18,337 145 143 145 106 126 127

XLHB - 4 - HO 19,951 23,326 23,931 200 200 200 100 117 120

XLHB - 6 - SS 24,747 27,860 27,834 217 217 219 114 128 127

XLHB - 6 - HO 33,979 38,228 38,132 320 320 320 106 119 119

XLHB - 8 - SS 32,915 37,179 36,678 286 288 286 115 129 128

XLHB - 8 - HO 43,110 48,561 48,204 400 400 400 108 121 120

XLHB - 2 - SS 7,509 8,837 8,853 77 75 75 98 118 118

XLHB - 2 - HO 10,262 12,119 12,133 110 110 110 93 110 110

XLHB - 4 - SS 14,426 16,951 16,836 141 141 143 102 120 118

XLHB - 4 - HO 19,167 21,970 22,037 197 197 200 97 111 110

XLHB - 6 - SS 23,222 26,362 26,124 220 221 221 106 119 118

XLHB - 6 - HO 31,812 36,169 35,852 321 322 322 99 112 111

XLHB - 8 - SS 30,715 34,903 34,457 286 286 289 107 122 119

XLHB - 8 - HO 40,113 45,753 45,079 399 399 400 101 115 113

LIGHT OUTPUT - Linear High Bay Clear Lens*

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

l W

hite

* Note: SDFL - Symmetric Diffused Lens, S - Symmetric Clear Lens, AL - Aisle Lighter Diffused Lens Only

StandardDistribution





EXPECTED LIFE - Minimum 60,000 to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location.

LEDS - Features an array of closely spaced medium power LED chips; Cool White (5000K) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal) or Neutral White (4000K) color temperature, 80 CRI (nominal).

HOUSING - Housing is die-formed steel. Designed vertical fins serve as heat sink and resist accumulation of dust and debris. Access panel provides single-screw access to driver and wiring connections.

OPTICAL UNIT - Featuring a slim 4” profile, housing is die-formed steel with a clear polycarbonate lens. An optional diffused polycarbonate lens is available.

OPTICS / DISTRIBUTION - Choice of 3 high performance distributions; Symmetric (S), Symmetric with Diffused Lens (SDFL) or Aisle Lighter (AL).

MOUNTING - Mounting options include Hook Cable Hangers (HCH10), Pendant Mount (PM), or Single Hub/Cable Mount (SHC).

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology delivers superior energy efficiency and optimum light output. LSI driver components are fully encased in potting for IP65 moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards. Optional 0-10V dimming driver available, with controls by others.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply, 120-277 VAC, 50/60 HZ input. LSI drivers feature two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C, 10KV.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to 50°C (-40°F to +122°F) SS max = 55°C, HO max = 40°C

FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. DuraGrip withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling. Standard color is white.

DRIVE CURRENT - Choice of Super Saver (SS) or High Output (HO).



SHIPPING WEIGHT - 2/4 Row = 23 lbs. 6/8 Row = 34 lbs.

LISTING - UL listed to UL 1598, UL8750 and other U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



damp location



Catalog #

LED

75

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED LINEAR HIGH BAY (XLHB)

Prefix ColorTemperature

WiringLocation

XLHB - Linear High Bay 10 - 20k Lumens

XLHB - Linear High Bay 30 -40k Lumens

LED CW - Cool WhiteNW -Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277v)

347/480 - 347v or 480v

CLDS - Center Leads ELDS - End Leads E6C - End 6' Cord

OptionsLightSource

Distribution



XLHB 4 S LED SS CW UE E6C L715P

SS - Super Saver3

HO - High Output3

DriveCurrent

S - Type S Symmetric

AL - Aisle Lighter2

SDFL - Type S Symmetric Diffused Lens

Rows1

24

68

EM - Emergency Battery Back UpIMS0 - Integral Motion Sensor (0% Power)IMS30 - Integral Motion Sensor (30% Power)DIM - 0-10v Dimming4 (Controls by Others)BLS - Bi-Level Switching

Wiring Plug Options8

515P - 5-15P plug only (120 Volt)L515P - 5-15PTwistlock Plug only (125 Volt)L615P - 6-15PTwistlock Plug only (250 Volt)L715P - 7-15P Twistlock Plug only (277 Volt)L820P - 8-20P Twistlock Plug only (480 Volt)L2420P - 24-20P Twistlock Plug only (347 Volt) *See High Bay accessories page for more options.

AccessoriesPM - Pendant Mount6 - 572484SHC - Single Hub / Chain Mount7 - 572488XLHB -2/4 WG - Wire Guard - TBDXLHB - 6/8 WG - Wire Guard - TBDHCH10 - 10' Hook Cable Hanger (Pair) - 460149TMK - Tandem Mounting Kit8 - 574554

Notes: 1 - 2 rows ~ 10k lms; 4 rows ~ 20k lms; 6 rows ~ 30k lms; 8 rows ~ 40k lms. See lumen output chart for specific outputs.2 - Aisle Lighter not available in diffused lens. 3 - Maximum operating temperature may be limited by drive current selections & mounting method. (HO = 40° C, SS = 55° C).4 - 0-10V Dimming supplies extending leads outside of fixture. Controls by others. 5 - Standard fixture wiring will extend leads outside of fixture. If customer wants wiring by factory, a selection of desired options must be specified from available electrical items. Otherwise, customer may use

electrical accessories "by others". 6 - Pendant mount option supplies wiring box with 3/4" threaded hub for housing connections and attaching stem. Stem must be ordered as separate line item accessory.7 - Single Hub Chain mounting supplies center hub with chains extended to each corner of fixture for ease of leveling. 8 - Tandem Mounting Kit consists of 2 end panels; 6' jumper cord, 10' cord, wire connectors, pair of HCH10 Cables & hardware. TMK not compatible with 2 row or 4 row fixtures.



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

76

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED LINEAR HIGH BAY (XLHB) LED LINEAR HIGH BAY (XLHB) WITH UPLIGHT US & Int'l. patents pending

DIMENSIONS

5.7”(144mm)

47.6” (1208mm)

22.7”(577mm)

14”(356mm)

TOP VIEW 2, 4 LAMP

TOP VIEW 6, 8 LAMP

SIDE VIEW

END VIEW

LIGHT OUTPUT - Linear High Bay Diffused Lens*

Cool

Whi

teNe

utra

l W

hite

Lumens Watts LPW SU AL SU AL SU AL

XLHB - 2 - SS 8,090 N/A 76 N/A 106 N/A XLHB - 2 - HO 11,111 N/A 109 N/A 102 N/A XLHB - 4 - SS 15,745 N/A 148 N/A 106 N/A XLHB - 4 - HO 20,599 N/A 200 N/A 103 N/A XLHB - 6 - SS 24,906 N/A 218 N/A 114 N/A XLHB - 6 - HO 34,222 N/A 320 N/A 107 N/A XLHB - 8 - SS 32,751 N/A 288 N/A 114 N/A XLHB - 8 - HO 43,114 N/A 400 N/A 108 N/A XLHB - 2 - SS 7,745 N/A 77 N/A 101 N/A XLHB - 2 - HO 10,556 N/A 110 N/A 96 N/A XLHB - 4 - SS 15,420 N/A 145 N/A 106 N/A XLHB - 4 - HO 20,253 N/A 200 N/A 101 N/A XLHB - 6 - SS 23,467 N/A 221 N/A 106 N/A XLHB - 6 - HO 32,299 N/A 322 N/A 100 N/A XLHB - 8 - SS 31,057 N/A 288 N/A 108 N/A XLHB - 8 - HO 40,612 N/A 400 N/A 101 N/A

*Uplight not available with Clear Lens or AL distribution.

Uplight Distribution





EXPECTED LIFE - Minimum 60,000 to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location.

LEDS - Features an array of closely spaced medium power LED chips; Cool White (5000K) color temperature, 70 CRI (nominal) or Neutral White (4000K) color temperature, 80 CRI (nominal).

HOUSING - Housing is die-formed steel. Designed vertical fins serve as heat sink and resist accumulation of dust and debris. Access panel provides single-screw access to driver and wiring connections.

OPTICAL UNIT - Featuring a slim 5.7” profile, housing is die-formed steel with a diffused polycarbonate lens.

OPTICS / DISTRIBUTION - High performance Symmetric (SU) distribution with Uplight. 8% uplight reduces cave effect.

MOUNTING - Mounting options include Hook Cable Hangers (HCH10), Pendant Mount (PM), or Single Hub/Cable Mount (SHC).

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology delivers superior energy efficiency and optimum light output. LSI driver components are fully encased in potting for IP65 moisture resistance. Complies with IEC and FCC standards. Optional 0-10V dimming driver available, with controls by others.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage power supply, 120-277 VAC, 50/60 HZ input. LSI drivers feature two-stage surge protection (including separate surge protection built into electronic driver) meets IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C, 10KV.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C to 50°C (-40°F to +122°F) SS max = 55°C, HO max = 40°C

FINISH - Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. DuraGrip withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling. Standard color is white.

DRIVE CURRENT - Choice of Super Saver (SS) or High Output (HO).



SHIPPING WEIGHT - 2/4 Row = 23 lbs. 6/8 Row = 34 lbs.

LISTING - UL listed to UL 1598, UL8750 and other U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



damp location



Catalog #

LED

77

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED LINEAR HIGH BAY (XLHB) WITH UPLIGHT

Prefix ColorTemperature



LED CW - Cool WhiteNW -Neutral White

Input Voltage


(120-277v)

347/480 - 347v or 480v

OptionsLightSource

Distribution



XLHB 4 SU LED SS CW UE CLDS IMSO SHC

SS - Super Saver3

HO - High Output3

DriveCurrent

SU - Type S2 Symmetric Uplight

Rows1

24

68

EM - Emergency Battery Back UpIMS0 - Integral Motion Sensor (0% Power)IMS30 - Integral Motion Sensor (30% Power)DIM - 0-10v Dimming4 (Controls by Others)BLS - Bi-Level Switching

Wiring Plug Options5

515P - 5-15P Plug only (120 Volt)L515P - 5-15PTwistlock Plug only (125 Volt)L615P - 6-15PTwistlock Plug only (250 Volt)L715P - 7-15P Twistlock Plug only (277 Volt)L820P - 8-20P Twistlock Plug only (480 Volt)L2420P - 24-20P Twistlock Plug only (347 Volt) *See High Bay accessories page for more options.

AccessoriesPM - Pendant Mount6 - 572484SHC - Single Hub / Chain Mount7 - 572488XLHB - 2/4 WG - Wire Guard - TBDXLHB - 6/8 WG - Wire Guard - TBDHCH10 - 10' Hook Cable Hanger (Pair) - TBDTMK - Tandem Mounting Kit8 - 574554

Notes: 1 - 2 rows ~ 10k lms; 4 rows ~ 20k lms; 6 rows ~ 30k lms; 8 rows ~ 40k lms. See lumen output chart for specific outputs. 2 - Uplight not available in clear lens. 3 - Maximum operating temperature may be limited by drive current selections & mounting method. (HO = 40° C, SS = 55° C). 4 - 0-10V Dimming supplies extending leads outside of fixture. Controls by others. 5 - Standard fixture wiring will extend leads outside of fixture. If customer wants wiring by factory, a selection of desired options must be specified from available electrical items. Otherwise, customer may use electrical accessories "by others". 6 - Pendant mount option supplies wiring box with 3/4" threaded hub for housing connections and attaching stem. Stem must be ordered as separate line item accessory. 7 - Single Hub Chain mounting supplies center hub with chains extended to each corner of fixture for ease of leveling.8 - Tandem Mounting Kit consists of 2 end panels, 6' jumper cord, 10' cord, wire connectors, pair of HCH10 Cables & hardware. TMK not compatible with 2 row or 4 row fixtures.

WiringLocation

CLDS - Center Leads ELDS - End Leads E6C - End 6' Cord



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

78

IND

US

TR

IAL

DIMENSIONS

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Long life, high brightness LEDs virtually eliminate maintenance.

• Unit may be pendant, chain or surface mounted

• Hub mounting option allows single-point mount for direct replacement of HID High Bays

• Minimum fixture weight - less load on building structure

• Available in 4 ft length.

EXPECTED LIFE - Projected life of at least 60,000 hours. Contact factory for TM-21 detail.

LEDS - Use of closely-spaced medium-power, high-brightness chips minimizes pixelation and provides uniform lens luminance. Available in Cool White (5000K), Neutral White (4000K) and Warm White (3500K) color temperatures. CRI >= 80 (CW > 70). LM-80 reports available.

CONSTRUCTION - Fixture housing, end sections, and lampholders of code gauge die formed steel, standard reflector of code gauge die formed aluminum, white finish.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage (120-277 Vac) input, 50/60 Hz. Power factor > 0.9, THD < 20%, in-rush current < 15 Amps.

FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with white, high reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder.

DRIVER – High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and shortcircuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10V dimming standard. Dimming must be specified in the catalog string so that proper wiring can be provided.

LENS - Available with clear (PMX-C) or pattern 12 (PMX-A) prismed lens.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE – -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F)


PHOTOMETRICS - Please visit our web site at www.lsi-industries.com for detailed photometric data..

LISTING - Listed to UL1598 and UL 8750. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



damp location

LED LINEAR HIGH BAY - PMX


PMX LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

Input Voltage

347 - 347V

480 - 480V

UE - Universal Input Voltage(120-277V)

Options

EM - Emergency PackOCS - Occupancy Sensor (specify type)HUB - Hub Mounting Hardware 3/4” NPSDIM - 0-10V DimmingSD - Step Dimming to 50%PMX-A Prismatic Acrylic Lens Door Assembly*PMX-C Clear Acrylic Lens Door Assembly**Can also be ordered as an accessory

Light Source



PMX LED VHO NW UE PMX-A


Drive Current

WGPMXWGDPMXCHS IMX

PMX-APMX-C


Wire GuardWire Guard DoorV hook Chain Set Prismatic Acrylic Lens Door AssemblyClear Acrylic Lens Door Assembly


13-3/8”(339mm)

4-3/4”(121mm)

4”(100mm)

15-11/16” x 48”(398mm x 1219mm)

11”(280mm)

LIGHT OUTPUT - PMX

HO CW NW WW W11,640 9,950 9,570 8615,190 12,970 12,480 111VHO

Lumens (Nominal)




Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

79

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED NARROW AISLE HIGH BAY - IMXNB




IMXNB LED CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

Input Voltage

347 - 347V


Options

EM - Emergency PackOCS - Occupancy Sensor (specify type)HUB - Hub Mounting Hardware 3/4” NPSCHS IMX - V hook Chain Set DIM - 0-10V DimmingMMS - Monopoint Mounting SystemSD - Step Dimming to 50%

Light Source



IMXNB LED HO NW UE EM

HO - High Output

Drive Current

WGXNBPAXNB


Wire GuardClear Acrylic Lens Door Assembly


PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• High efficiency LEDs for significant energy savings over HID high bays.

• Deep reflectors yeild narrow concentrated pattern.

• Unit may be pendant, chain, aircraft

• Monopoint mounting option (MMS) allows single-point mount for direct replacement of HID High Bays.

• Shallow fixture depth



LEDS - Use of closely-spaced medium-power, high-brightness chips minimizes pixelation and provides uniform lens luminance. Available in Cool White (5000K), Neutral White (4000K) and Warm White (3500K) color temperatures. CRI >= 80 (CW>70). LM-80 reports available.

CONSTRUCTION - Fixture housing, end sections, and lampholders of code gauge die formed steel, standard reflector of code gauge die formed aluminum, white finish.


OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C - +40°C (-40°F - 104°F).

FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with white, high reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder.

DRIVER – High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and shortcircuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10V dimming standard.



LISTING - Listed to UL1598 and other U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

DIMENSIONS

3-7/8”(98mm)

23-3/8” x 46-1/2”(592mm x 1180mm)

LIGHT OUTPUT - IMXNB

HO CW NW WW W11,620 9910 9470 88

Lumens (Nominal)




Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

80

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED STRIP - S

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Accepts optional plug-in wiring feature for continuous row installation

• Alignment couplers furnished for continuous row instatallation

• Channel cover equipped with quarter-turn, captive fasteners for easy access to ballast compartment



CONSTRUCTION - Fixture housing, end sections, and channel cover constructed of code-guage, die-formed steel.

FINISH - All metal parts are painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with high-reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage (120-277 Vac) input, 50/60Hz, 347VAC. Power factor > 0.9, THD < 20%, in-rush current < 15 Amps.

DRIVER - High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10 volt dimming standard. (Dimming must be specified in catalog string so that proper wiring can be provided)


PHOTOMETRICS - Please visit our we site at www.lsi-industries.com for detailed photometric data.

LISTING - Listed to UL 1598 and UL 8750. Suitable for damp locations.



damp location

S - Strip 2 - 2 foot4 - 4 foot8 - 8 foot

LED CW - Cool WhiteWW - Warm WhiteNW - Neutral White

LW - Low WattSS - Super saverHO - High Output3

VHO - Very High Output3

UE - Universal Electronic

(120-277V)347-347V

ColorTemperature

Line Voltage

EM - 1100 Lumen Emergency Battery Pack1

DIM - 0-10V dimmingSD - Step Dimmong to 50%PM - Pre-wired Plug-in Assembly (specify circuitry. See Options/Accessories Section)

1- Emergency Battery Pack not available on 2ft fixture.2- 8ft fixture requires (2) wire guards.3- HO and VHO for 4 ft. & 8ft. fixtures only.

OptionsLength LightSource

LumenOutput

Prefix


ORDERING INFORMATION

S 4 LED HO CW UE

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATIONDescription Order Number


Wire Guard - 4 foot Grid Hanger Chain Hanger Set (36" length)T-bar Kits (includes junction box, wire collar, & grid hangers)

WG2402

GHCHS3

TBKT

DIMENSIONS 4-3/8”

(111mm)2”

(52mm)

48”(1221mm)

LIGHT OUTPUT - S STRIP

S 2 LW - 2FTS 2 SS - 2FTS 4 LW - 4FTS 4 SS - 4FTS 4 HO - 4FTS 4 VHO - 4FTS 8 LW - 8FTS 8 SS - 8FTS 8 HO - 8FTS 8 VHO - 8FT

WW NW CW Watts 1455 1498 1777 14 2584 3076 3063 28 3061 3184 3741 29 3514 3690 4294 34 4955 5120 5988 44 6059 6354 7404 57 6122 6369 7481 58 7029 7379 8588 68 9910 10240 11875 88 12118 12707 14809 114

Lumens (Nominal)




Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

81

IND

US

TR

IAL

LED LENSED STRIP - SDLPRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Accepts optional plug-in wiring feature for continuous row installation

• Alignment couplers furnished for continuous row instatallation

• Channel cover equipped with quarter-turn, captive fasteners for easy access to ballast compartment



CONSTRUCTION - Fixture housing, end sections, and channel cover constructed of code-guage, die-formed steel.

LENS - Specially designed frosted extruded lens with micro prisms for maximum source diffusion and soft, even illumination.


ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage (120-277 Vac) input, 50/60Hz, 347 VAC. Power factor > 0.9, THD < 20%, in-rush current < 15 Amps.

DRIVER - High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10 volt dimming standard. Dimming must be specified in catalog string so that proper wiring can be provided)


PHOTOMETRICS - Please visit our we site at www.lsi-industries.com for detailed photometric data.

LISTING - Listed to UL 1598 and UL 8750. Suitable for damp locations. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



damp location

SDL - Strip With Diffused Lens

2 - 2 foot4 - 4 foot8 - 8 foot


LW - Low WattSS - Super saverHO - High Output3

VHO - Very High Output3


(120-277V)347-347V

ColorTemperature

Line Voltage

EM - Emergency Battery Pack1

DIM - 0-10V DimmingSD - Step Dimmong to 50%PM - Pre-wired Plug-in Assembly (specify circuitry See Options/Accessories Section)


LumenOutput

Prefix



SDL 4 LED HO CW UE



Grid Hanger Chain Hanger Set (36" length) Chain Hanger Set (60" length)Wire Guard - 4 foot T-bar Kits (includes junction box, wire collar, & grid hangers)

GHCHS3CHS5WG2402

TBKT

1- Emergency Battery Pack not available on 2ft fixture.2- 8ft fixture requires (2) wire guards.3- HO and VHO for 4 ft. & 8ft. fixtures only.

DIMENSIONS 4-3/8”

(111mm)

4-1/8”(104mm)

48”(1221mm)

LIGHT OUTPUT - SDL LENSED STRIP

SDL 2 LW - 2FTSDL 2 SS - 2FTSDL 4 LW - 4FTSDL 4 SS - 4FTSDL 4 HO - 4FTSDL 4 VHO - 4FTSDL 8 LW - 8FTSDL 8 SS - 8FTSDL 8 HO - 8FTSDL 8 VHO - 8FT

WW NW CW Watts 1378 1368 1581 14 2253 2887 2740 28 2777 2875 3426 29 3216 3365 4056 34 4424 4620 5441 44 5263 5524 6689 57 5553 5750 6852 58 6432 6730 8112 68 8847 9240 10882 88 10526 11048 13378 114

Lumens (Nominal)


12/29/14



Catalog #

LED

82

IND

US

TR

IAL

Light Source Lumen Output OptionsLine VoltageDistributionLengthPrefix



EG3 4 S LED HO CW UE

EG3 - LEDEnclosed& Gasketed

S - Symmetric4 - 4 foot8 - 8 foot

HO - High OutputLED

Color Temp


TP - Tamper resistant latches and screwsSL - Stainless Steel latches6CNP - 6' foot white cord, no plugEM - 1100 Lm EmergencySD - Step Dimming to 50%

UE- Universal Voltage(120-277V)

347 - 347V

(2) snap-on bails & (2) 10’ aircraft cables(2) snap-on bails & (2) 3’ jack chains(2) snap-on bails & (2) 5’ jack chainsStainless Steel 45o mounting bracket

EG34ACEGCHSEGCHS5EG45MB


LED ENCLOSED & GASKETED - ANGLED LENS (EG3)

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Vaportight design

• High-impact resistant, reinforced fiberglass housing.

• Lens secured to housing with (8) polycarbonate latches. Optional stainless steel latches are securely spring clipped to the housing, eliminating latch fall off during servicing.

• Gasket is a continuously poured non-toxic, fire resistant, uniform width and thickness for a tight seal.

• National Sanitation Foundation and Canadian Standards Association approved and listed.


LEDs - Use of closely-spaced medium-power, high-brightness chips minimizes pixelation and provides uniform lens luminance. Available in Cool White (5000K), Neutral White (4000K) and Warm White (3500K) color temperatures. CRI >= 80 (CW > 70). LM-80 reports available.

DISTRIBUTION- Proprietary lens provides high lumen output with soft, reduced brightness.

CONSTRUCTION - Inner tray of .06” thick aluminum. Outer housing molded of high-impact, polyester/UL5VA fiberglass with inner lip bonded with continuous, compressible, closed-cell neoprene gasketing.

LENS - Injection molded high impact lens acrylic with lineal ribbing as standard.

MOUNTING - (2) stainless steel mounting brackets are furnished with each fixture, and can be mounted to surface where required. Housing snaps into bracket easing installation. Brackets accept V-hoKs or snap-on steel bail for cable suspension.

ELECTRIAL- Universal voltage (120-277 Vac) input, 50/60 Hz (347 Vac). Power factor > 0.9, THD < 20%, in-rush current < 15 Amps.

DRIVER - High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10 volt dimming standard.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -20°C - 35°C (-4°F - 95°F).

FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with high-reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder.



LIGHT OUTPUT - 7146 lumens @ 60 watts (4 foot); 14,293 lumens @118 watts (8 foot)

LISTING - Wet listed to UL1598 and other U.S. and Canadian safety standards. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.

4 1/4"(108mm)

6 13/16" (170mm) Shown withEG345MBAccessory

MOUNTING

ADJUSTABLE MTG. BRACKET

51 5/8"

(2) 1/4" X 5/8" SLOTS

ND

US

T

EX

DIMENSIONS

LIGHT OUTPUT - EG3 - 4 foot

Lumens Watts 7146 60 6260 60 6024 60





wet location



Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

83

IND

US

TR

IAL

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Vaportight design

• IP67 Certified (comparable to NEMA 6)

• NEMA 4X rated / NEMA 250-2003

• NSF / ANSI Standard 2

• UL50E: standards for safety enclosures of electrical equipment

• 12 Point stainless steel latching and stainless hardware

• Sloped housing design promotes water displacement

• Optional stainless steel “V” bracket or “SB” surface bracket accessory

• RoHS Compliant



LENS - Frosted, injection molded, high impact acrylic is standard. An optional clear lens is also available.

HOUSING - The inner gear tray is constructed of code gauge steel. The outer housing is constructed of fiberglass reinforced polyester. Gasketing in the housing is constructed of closed cell polyurethane. Conduit entrance is provided at one end. All external hardware and hanging components are constructed of stainless steel.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage (120-277 Vac) input, 50/60Hz. Power factor > 0.9, THD < 20%, in-rush current < 15 Amps.

DRIVER - High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10 volt dimming standard.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -30°C to 45°C (-22°F to 113°F).


WARRANTY - Limited 5-year warranty

PHOTOMETRICS - Please visit our website at www.lsi-industries.com for detailed photometric data.

LISTING - Listed to UL 1598 and UL 8750

LED WIDE ENCLOSED & GASKETED - EGW

14.61"(371mm)

5.95"(151mm)

Prefix OptionsColor TemperatureDistributionLength

EGW - LED Wide Enclosed & Gasketed

4 S - Symmetric

LightSource

LED


Line Voltage

UE - Universal Voltage (120-277V)

347 - 347V



EGW 4 S LED HO CW UE


1- Specific voltage must be specified. Cord feed entrance available on housing end only.

Stainless Suspension Hangers ("V" Hook) (Pair)Cable Hanging Set with Loop 10 ft. (pair)Cable Hanging Set with Loop 20 ft. (pair) LCH20Stainless Steel Surface Bracket EGWSB

EGWVBLCH10

CL - Clear LensW6C1631 - 6-foot, 16 gauge, 3 conductor cord with Wet Location fittingW6C1641 - 6-foot, 16 gauge, 4 conductor cord with Wet Location fittingW6C1651 - 6-foot, 16 gauge, 5 conductor cord with Wet Location fittingHUB - 3/4" N.P.T. HUB IN BACK / TOP (Damp Location Rated Only)LT - Lens Safety TeatherEM - 1100 Lumen Emergency Battery Pack SD - Step Dimming to 50%


DriveCurrent

LIGHT OUTPUT - LED EGW

HOVHO

CW NW WW W 6350 5670 5760 57 10120 9310 9150 88

Lumens (Nominal)




wet location



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

84

INT

ER

IOR

/A

MB

IEN

T LED HIGH EFFICIENCY, TWIN BASKET RECESSED METRIC (ASC6) PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Specifically designed to spread uniform illumination throughout the room cavity from ceiling to floor.


• RoHS compliant, recyclable design has no mercury or other hazardous materials

• Cooler running electronic components allow for improved lumen performance.


LEDs - Use of closely-spaced medium-power, high-brightness chips minimizes pixelation and provides uniform lens luminance. Available in Cool White (5300K), Neutral White (4100K) and Warm White (3500K) color temperatures. CRI >= 80. LM-80 reports available.

HOUSING - Formed code-gauge steel housing, painted after fabrication. Integral NEC- compliant earthquake clips are standard.

LENS - Specially designed frosted extruded acrylic lens with micro prisms for maximum source diffusion and soft, even illumination.

INSTALLATION - Unit simply lifts through grid ceiling and rests on T-bars. Wiring access/strain relief plate attaches with one screw, allowing connections to be made from below the ceiling.

ELECTRICAL- Universal voltage (120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz input), 347 VAC. Power factor > 0.9, THD < 20%, in-rush current < 15 Amps.

DRIVER - High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10 volt dimming available.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE - -40°C - +40°C (-40°F - 104°F).

FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with high-reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder. Matte white reflectors for soft indirect light distribution.



LISTING - Listed to UL1598 and other U.S. and Canadian safety standards. IC rated.




dry location

LIGHT OUTPUT - ASC6

WW24803990

25804440

Description600 x 600600 x 1200

SS - Super Saver HO - High Output NW

30304805

CW WW29304890

30355400

NW36005910

CW SS3045

3754

HO

Watts



ASC66 - (600X600) ASC612 - (600X1200)

LED SS -Super SaverHO - High Output


Input Voltage


Options

DIM - 0-10V dimming

Light Source

(blank) - Acrylic

Shield



ASC612 LED SS NW UEDrive Current


FK22 MetricFK24 Metric

Flange Kit - 600X600Flange Kit - 1200X1200


89 mm

595 mm

DIMENSIONS



Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

85

INT

ER

IOR

/A

MB

IEN

T


LEDPEC66 - (600x600)PEC612 - (600x1200)

LW - Low Watt¹LO - Low Output² SS - Super SaverHO - High Output

VHO - Very High Output²


Input Voltage


OptionsLight Source

LPW - Louvered Perforated WhiteRAD - Round Acrylic DiffuserASC - Reduced Diameter Frosted Acrylic Lens³

Shield

DIM - 0-10V Dimming



PEC66 LED SS LPW WW UEDrive Current

1-600x600 only2- 600x1200 RAD only3- Only available with "SS" drive current

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATION

Description(Accessories are field installed)

Order NumberFlange Kit - 600x600 Flange Kit - 600x1200

FK22 MetricFK24 Metric

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Available with up to 9400 lumens (VHO-CW)

• Direct/Indirect unit with balanced illumination and superior, low angle brightness control


• RoHS compliant, recyclable “green” design contains no mercury or other hazardous materials.

• Cooler running electronic components allow for improved lumen performance.


LEDs - Use of closely-spaced medium-power, high-brightness chips minimizes pixelation and provides uniform lens luminance. Available in Cool White (5300K), Neutral White (4100K) and Warm White (3500K) color temperatures. CRI >= 80. LM-80 reports available.

HOUSING - Formed code-gauge steel housing, painted after fabrication. Integral NEC- compliant earthquake clips are standard.

LENS - Choice of perforated metal shield with flat blade louver (LPW), high transmittance acrylic with built-in litter and debris protection (RAD), or reduced diameter lens with linear ribs to optimize diode control (ASC).

INSTALLATION - Unit simply lifts through grid ceiling and rests on T-bars. Wiring access/strain relief plate attaches with one screw, allowing connections to be made from below the ceiling.

ELECTRICAL - Universal voltage (120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz input), 347 VAC. Power factor > 0.9, THD < 20%, in-rush current < 15 Amps.

DRIVER – High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10V dimming standard. (Dimming must be specified in catalog string so that proper wiring can be provided)

FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with high-reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder. Matte white reflectors for soft indirect light distribution.



LISTING - Listed to UL1598 and UL 8750. Suitable for damp locations. IC rated.




dry location

LED PEAK EFFICIENCY RECESSED DIRECT/INDIRECT METRIC (PEC6)

LIGHT OUTPUT - LED PEC

WW30104190

30504370

Description600X600600X1200

600X1200

SS - Super Saver


Consult factory for additional lumen information

HO - High Output NW

35505040

CW

WW8400 8110

NW9420CW

WW39405120

40105340

NW46306140

CW SS3544

4555

HO

Watts

VHO86

Watts

Lumens (RAD Lens)


LPW - Louvered Perforated White Shield

RAD - Round Acrylic Diffuser

ASC - Reduced DiameterFrosted Acrylic Lens

129mm

594mm

( )

DIMENSIONS



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

86

INT

ER

IOR

/A

MB

IEN

T LED LOW PROFILE WRAPAROUND - WNA

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Available in nominal 10” and 14” widths

• Economical low profile design

• Wide, even light distribution



CONSTRUCTION - Housing constructed of code gauge die formed cold rolled steel. Wire way cover snaps in for easy removal. End plates riveted to housing. Equipped with knockout for nipple insertion.

LENS - Frosted, impact-resistant acrylic, hingeable from either side. Exterior surface of lens bottom embossed with prisms, sides embossed with internal prisms for low-brightness illumination.


DRIVER – High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10V dimming available.

FINISH - All reflective surfaces are finished with a high reflectance, lighting fixture white polyester powder.


LISTING - UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. IBEW Union made in the U.S.A



2-5/8"(66mm)

2-3/4"(70mm)

9-7/8" (257mm)

14-3/8" (367mm)

WNA10 - NARROW BODY

WNA14 - WIDE BODY

WNA10 - Narrow Body

WNA14 - Wide Body



Prefix OptionsColor TemperatureDrive Current


DIM - 0-10V DimmingEM - Emergency PackSD - Step Dimming to 50%

LightSource Voltage


(120-277V)

347 - 347V



WNA10 LED SS CW UE EM

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATIONDescription

(Accessories are field installed)Order Number

Pendant Mount Kit (3/8” IP Stems) PMK

SS - Super Saver HO - High Output Watts WW NW CW WW NW CW SS HOWNA10 3859 3516 - 5813 5466 - 33 55WNA14 - - - 5848 5759 6517 - 56

VHO - Very High Output Watts WW NW CW VHO WNA14 9118 8638 10856 89

LIGHT OUTPUT - LED WNA


DIMENSIONS



Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

87

INT

ER

IOR

/A

MB

IEN

T

B

A

LED PRECISION 1X4 WRAP - 88

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Accurately controlled light output with excellent brightness control.

• 13” width is useful in retro-fitting 1 x 4 units. The body covers unpainted ceiling when the old unit is replaced.



CONSTRUCTION - The housing is die-formed 20 gauge cold-rolled steel. 20 gauge cold-rolled steel reflector with white polyester powder coated finish optionally available.

LENS - Extruded frosted prismatic acrylic lens. Hinges from either side without tools.



FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with white, high-reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder.

WARRANTY - Limited 5-year warranty




882 - 2-foot

884 - 4-foot

888 - 8-foot




LightSource Voltage


(120-277V)

347 - 347V



884 LED SS CW UE EM

DIM - 0-10V DimmingEM - Emergency PackBOREORMORSD - Step Dimming to 50%

Row Mounting AvailableConsult Factory



Pendant Mount Kit (3/8” IP Stems) PMK

88-4’ 4-7/16” (112mm) 13” (330mm) 48” (1168mm) 88-8’ 4-7/16” (112mm) 13” (330mm) 96” (2438mm) 88-2’ 4-7/16” (112mm) 13” (330mm) 24” (610mm)

Fixture HEIGHT (A) WIDTH (B) LENGTH

Lumens Watts LPW882 884

SS

HO

LIGHT OUTPUT - LED 88

Neut

ral W

hite

2630

-

29

-

91

-

Lumens Watts LPW

2750

4380

29

43

95

102


DIMENSIONS



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

88

INT

ER

IOR

/A

MB

IEN

T LED DOME WRAP - SURFACE / PENDANT MOUNT - DW

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Rounded Lens for unique appearance.

• Flexible lens allows for easy access to install and service.

• Driver cover held in place with quarter turn fasteners for easy access.

• Small size allows for installation in small spaces.


CONSTRUCTION - Fixture housing, lampholder brackets, and sections and reflector constructed of code-gauge die-formed steel.

LENS - Frosted, acrylic lens, .100 thick.



FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with white, high reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder. 0-10V dimming available.


LISTING - UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. Suitable for damp locations. IBEW Union made in the U.S.A. For a list of the specific products in this series that are DLC listed, please consult the LED Lighting section of our website or the Design Lights website at www.designlights.org.



damp location

DW LED SS -Super SaverHO - High Output



DIM - 0-10V DimmingEM - Emergency PackBOREORMORSD - Step Dimmong to 50%

Row Mounting AvailableConsult Factory

LightSource Voltage


(120-277V)

347-347V



DW LED SS CW UE EM



Pendant Mount Kit (3/8” IP Stems)3” Chain & Large V-hook5” Chain & Large V-hook

PMKCHSIMX3CHSIMX5

3-3/8"(86mm)

48" (1219mm)

9-1/2"(243mm)

WW NW CW Watts

SS

HO

LIGHT OUTPUT - LED DW

4565 4498 5057 44

5485 5403 6124 58


DIMENSIONS



Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #

LED

89

INT

ER

IOR

/A

MB

IEN

TLED WALL / CEILING MOUNT - W44

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Designed for either wall, ceiling or pendant mounting.

• Versatile linear choice. The cross-section dimensions allow this efficient luminaire to fit into most architectural spaces conveniently and unobtrusively.

• The entire series is a singular cross-section, allowing for long row composition

• Acrylic diffuser incorporates a well-defined linear prism design.


CONSTRUCTION - The housing and end plates are die-formed code gauge cold-rolled steel.

LENS - One-piece frosted extruded wrap around acrylic prismatic lens standard.



FINISH - All reflective surfaces are finished with a high reflectance, lighting fixture white polyester powder.





W442 - 2-foot

W444 - 4-foot

W448 - 8-foot




DIM - 0-10V DimmingEM - Emergency PackPM - Prewired Plug-in (See options page)SD - Step Dimmong to 50%

LightSource Voltage


(120-277V)347 - 347V



W444 LED SS CW UE EM



Joiner BandPendant Mount Kit (3/8” IP Stems)

JBW44PMK

W44-2’ 4-11/16” (119mm) 4-3/8” (109mm) 24-3/16” (614mm)W44-4’ 4-11/16” (119mm) 4-3/8” (109mm) 48-3/16” (1223mm)W44-8’ 4-11/16” (119mm) 4-3/8” (109mm) 96-3/16” (2442mm)

Fixture (A) (B) LENGTH

B ACEILING MOUNT

WALLMOUNT

A B

Lumens Watts LPWW442 W444

SS

HO

LIGHT OUTPUT - LED W442, W444

Neut

ral W

hite 2780

-

29-

96-

Lumens Watts LPW

3250

4540

3543

93106


DIMENSIONS



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

90

RL

MLSI ABOLITE® LED ANGLED REFLECTOR (AD)

APPLICATIONS - Signage Lighting and Accent Lighting. Interior or Exterior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• “Green” Energy-Saving - Reduces greenhouse gas emissions, slashes operating costs, extends life and eliminates costly lamp disposal involving mercury waste.

• Long Lasting Sparkle - LED light beam contains no heat, and no UV, which means degradation in color or quality of the product under display is minimized.

• Dramatically Lower Maintenance Costs - 60,000-hour LED source extends life 3 to 5 times as compared to conventional HID sources, 30 times incandescent.

• Integrated Power Supply - Built into fixture allowing RLM to be connected directly to line voltage.


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal), Neutral White (4000K nominal), and Warm White (3500K nominal) color temperature. 70 CRI (nominal) CW. 80 CRI (nominal) NW and WW.

OPTIONAL DIRECTIONAL OPTICS - Allows field adjustment of the light beam for directional illumination of signage.

REFLECTOR - Heavy duty spun galvanized steel construction with polyester powder coat finish.

LIGHT OUTPUT - With an input power of 11 watts: DO - Optional Directional Optics (nominal) - Cool White - 970 lumen, Neutral White - 810 lumens and Warm White - 745 lumens. Symmetric Optics (nominal) - Cool White - 905 lumens, Neutral White - 760 lumens and Warm White - 700 lumens

MOUNTING - Fixed hub tapped for 3/4” NPT conduit. Pre-wired with 96” leads. Not designed for uplight applications.

ELECTRICAL - Integral, surge protected power supply operates on 120-240 VAC (50/60Hz) input; no external power supplies required.

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver designed specifically for RLM fixtures provides unsurpassed system efficiency. Components are fully encased in potting material for moisture resistance. Driver complies with IEC and FCC standards.


FINISH - Available in either architectural textured, high gloss or satin finish.





damp location

US patents D598162 & D581585 & D581544 & 7697766 and US & Int'l. patents pending


DIMENSIONS

Prefix Height (A) Diameter (B) Neck ( C )Weight

(lbs./kg)

AD 100 10" (254mm) 7" (178mm) 5" (127mm) 2.0 (.9kg)AD 150 11-1/2" (292mm) 9" (229mm) 5-1/4" (133mm) 2.0 (.9kg)AD 200 13-1/2" (343mm) 11" (279mm) 5-1/2" (140mm) 2.5 (1.1kg)

CA

B

Directional Optics Symmetrical Optics



Catalog #

LED

91

RL

MLSI ABOLITE® LED ANGLED REFLECTOR (AD)

Prefix Options

AD 1001

AD 1501

AD 2001

LED 120-2402CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

# ofLED’s

10 DO - Directional OpticsLDS96 WL - Factory prewired leads for use with stem or bracket mounting

Color Temperature Light Source Input Voltage

MSV-Metallic Silver GWT-Gloss White GBK-Gloss Black GRD-Gloss Red GPT-Textured Graphite RUS-Textured Rust SCP-Satin Copper STQ-Satin Turquoise SVG-Satin Verde Green

Reflector Color Mounting



AD 200 10 CW LED UE MSV LDS96 WL DO

1- Cordsets not available for AD Series.2- Fixture will not operate on 277VAC (120-240 only).

BC600 3 GWT BC585 ZINC BC585SQ ZINC

CANOPY ORDERING INFORMATION (Accessories are field installed)

3/4" (19mm) Tap Decorative Box Cover Aligner - Gloss White3/4" (19mm) Tap Round Box Cover Aligner - Zinc3/4" (19mm) Tap Square Box Cover Aligner - Zinc


CWBM 1 GWT CWBL 1 GWT DWB 1 GWT

WALL BRACKETS ORDERING INFORMATION (Accessories are field installed)

Contemporary Wall Bracket - Medium - Gloss White Contemporary Wall Bracket - Long - Gloss White Nostalgic Aluminum Wall Scroll Bracket - Gloss White


ST 3 3 GWTST 6 3 GWTST 12 3 GWTST 18 3 GWTST 24 3 GWTST 36 3 GWTST 48 3 GWTST 60 3 GWTST 72 3 GWTCOP 3 GWT

CONDUIT SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION (Accessories are field installed)

3/4" x 3" (19mm x76mm) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 6" (19mm x152mm) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 12" (19mm x .4m) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 18" (19mm x .5m) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 24" (19mm x .6m) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 36" (19mm x .9m) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 48" (19mm x 1.2m) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 60" (19mm x 1.5m) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" x 72" (19mm x 1.8m) Aluminum Stem - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Alum. Stem Coupler - Gloss White


- Standard BC600 finish is Gloss White Powder; other RLM colors available.

COG 7 MSV COG 9 MSV COG 11 MSV

WIRE GUARD ORDERING INFORMATION (Accessories are field installed)

7" (178mm) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver 9" (229mm) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver 11" (279mm) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver


- Standard finish is Metallic Silver Powder; other RLM colors available.

GB A 3 GWT GB B 3 GWT GB C 3 GWT GB D 3 GWT GB E 3 GWT GB F 3 GWT GB G 3 GWT GB H 3 GWT GB J 3 GWT GB K 3 GWT GB P 3 GWT GB U 3 GWT

3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White 3/4" (19mm) Aluminum Gooseneck Bracket - Gloss White

BRACKETS - See Indoor section for detail on bracket sizes and shapes. - Standard finish is Gloss White Powder; colors available. - Designed for mounting to recessed 4" (102mm) octagon box (by others).

- Standard finish is Gloss White Powder; other RLM colors available.

GOOSE NECK BRACKET ORDERING INFORMATION(Accessories are field installed)




Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

92

RL

MLSI ABOLITE® LED DEEP BOWL (BD)

APPLICATIONS - Ambient Lighting and Accent Lighting. Interior or Exterior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS






LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs in Cool White (5000K nominal), Neutral White (4000K nominal), and Warm White (3500K nominal) color temperature. 70 CRI (nominal) CW. 80 CRI (nominal) NW and WW


LIGHT OUTPUT - With an input power of 11 watts: Cool White - 1055 lumens (nominal), Neutral White - 870 lumens (nominal), and Warm White - 800 lumens (nominal).










damp location

US patents D581584 & D598162 & D581585 and CN patent 2630873 and US & Int'l. patents pending


DIMENSIONS


(lbs./kg)

BD 200 11" (279mm) 10" (254mm) 4-3/4" (121mm) 2.5 (1.1kg)BD 300 12" (305mm) 13" (330mm) 4-3/4" (121mm) 3.2 (1.45kg)

CA

B

Symmetrical Optics



Catalog #

LED

93

RL

MLSI ABOLITE® LED DEEP BOWL (BD)

Prefix

BD 200BD 300

LED 120-2401CW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

# ofLED’s

10 LDS96WL- Prewired leads. For use with stem or bracket mounting in wet or indoor locations.CA120WHT - 10' prewired white cord set and canopy2

CA120BLK - 10' prewired black cord set and canopy2

CA120WHTS - 10' prewired white cord set and canopy with SWAG option2

CA120BLKS - 10' prewired black cord set and canopy with SWAG option2

Color Temperature Light Source Input Voltage





BD 200 10 CW LED UE MSV LDS96 WL

1- Fixture will not operate on 277VAC (120-240 only).2- Cordsets are damp location only.














COG 10 MSV COG 13 MSV


10" (254mm) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver 13" (.4m) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver







GOOSE NECK BRACKETS ORDERING INFORMATION(Accessories are field installed)


12/29/14



Catalog #

LED

94

RL

M

APPLICATIONS - Ambient Lighting, and Accent Lighting. Interior or Exterior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS







OPTIONAL DIRECTIONAL OPTICS - Allows field adjustment of the light beam for directional illumination of signage.


LIGHT OUTPUT - With an input power of 11 watts: Symmetric Optics (nominal) - Cool White - 1050 lumens, Neutral White - 870 lumens and Warm White - 800 lumens. DO - Optional Directional Optics (nominal) - Cool White - 970 lumens, Neutral White - 810 lumens and Warm White - 745 lumens.










damp location

LSI ABOLITE® LED RADIAL WAVE (RWD)US patents D581584 & D598162 & D58158 and CN patent 2630873 and US & Int'l. patents pending


DIMENSIONS

Prefix Height (A) Diameter (B) Neck ( C )

B

CA

Weight(lbs./kg)

RWD 200 7" 20" 3-3/4" 3.8 (178mm) (508mm) (95mm) (1.7kg)

Directional Optics Symmetrical Optics



Catalog #

LED

95

RL

MLSI ABOLITE® LED RADIAL WAVE (RWD)

Prefix

RWD200 LEDCW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

# ofLED’s

10

Color Temperature Light Source



RWD 200 10 CW LED UE MSV LDS96 WL DO















GOOSE NECK BRACKETS ORDERING INFORMATION(Accessories are field installed)





1- Fixture will not operate on 277VAC (120-240 only).2- Cordsets are damp location only. Cannot be used with DO option.3- Available with LDS96WL mounting only.

120-2401 LDS96WL- Prewired leads. For use with stem or bracket mounting in wet or indoor locations.CA120WHT - 10' prewired white cord set and canopy2




Input Voltage


Reflector Color Mounting Options

DO - Directional Optics



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

96

RL

MLSI ABOLITE® LED STANDARD DOME (RD)

APPLICATIONS - Ambient Lighting and Accent Lighting. Interior or Exterior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS








LIGHT OUTPUT - With an input power of 11 watts: Cool White - 1055 lumens (nominal), Neutral White - 870 lumens (nominal), and Warm White - 800 lumens (nominal).








This product, or selected versions of this product, meet the standards listed below. Please consult fac-tory for your specific requirements.


damp location

US patents D581584 & D598162 & D581585 CN patent 2630873 and US & Int'l. patents pending


DIMENSIONS


(lbs./kg)

RD 100 8-1/4" (210mm) 12" (305mm) 4-1/2" (114mm) 2.5 (1.13kg)RD 150 9-1/2" (241mm) 14" (356mm) 4-1/2" (114mm) 3.0 (1.36kg)RD 200 10" (254mm) 16" (406mm) 4-1/2" (114mm) 3.5 (1.59kg)RD 300 11" (279mm) 18" (457mm) 5" (127mm) 3.5 (1.59kg)

B

CA

Symmetrical Optics



Catalog #

LED

97

RL

MLSI ABOLITE® LED STANDARD DOME (RD)

Prefix

RD 100RD 150RD 200RD 300

LEDCW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White

# ofLED’s

10

Color Temperature Light Source



RD 200 10 CW LED UE MSV LDS96 WL

1- Fixture will not operate on 277VAC (120-240 only).2- Cordsets are damp location only.














COG 12 MSV COG 14 MSV COG 16 MSV COG 18 MSV


12" (.3m) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver 14" (.4m) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver 16" (.4m) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver 18" (.5m) Convex Wire Guard - Metallic Silver







GOOSE NECK BRACKET ORDERING INFORMATION(Accessories are field installed)


120-2401 LDS96WL- Prewired leads. For use with stem or bracket mounting in wet or indoor locations.CA120WHT - 10' prewired white cord set and canopy2




Input Voltage





Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

98

AC

CE

NT

/S

IGN

/W

AL

L W

AS

HLED MICRO WALL WASH METRIC (MWW6)

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Recessed installation hides source while providing uniform illumination of vertical surfaces / displays

• Narrow design for design specific applications

• Accent finish options for brightness control and aesthetics

• Very high efficiency



HOUSING - Housing, brackets and end sections are constructed from code gauge, die formed steel. All metal parts are painted after fabrication following a treatment with a phosphate rust inhibitor.

SHIELDING/LENS: High Performance 95% reflective white reflector is standard for precision directed wall wash use. Optional accent trim and kicker reflector trim finishes available for many decorative applications.

MOUNTING: Designed for either grid or hard ceiling installations where ceiling access my be limited or completely restricted. All internal components are accessible from below the ceiling.


DRIVER - High-performance isolated driver features over-voltage, over-current and short-circuit (with auto-recovery) protection. Driver module is sealed to IP66 protection levels, with a Class A sound rating. 0-10 volt dimming available.

FINISH - All metal parts painted after fabrication following treatment with phosphate rust inhibitor. Finish coating of housing reflecting surfaces is with high-reflectance (minimum 92%) polyester powder.



LISTING - Listed to UL1598 and other U.S. and Canadian safety standards



dry location

MWW - LED Wall Wash

6 - 600mm12 - 1200mm



BLK - BlackWHT - White


(120-277V)

ColorTemperature

Accent TrimFinish

Kick Reflector Finish

Line Voltage

DIM - 0-10V Dimming


BLK - BlackSLVR - SilverWHT - White

LumenOutput

Prefix



MWW 6 LED HO NW WHT BLK UE DIM

1- EM ballast available only with a remote test switch



Flange Kit - 1200mmFlange Kit - 600mm FKMWW2 Metric FKMWW4 Metric

LIGHT OUTPUT - MWW LED

WW17601970

20602110

Description600mm1200mm

SS - Super Saver HO - High Output NW

22002370

CW WW20703000

24103200

NW26503690

CW SS2828

3545

HO

Watts


DIMENSIONS

90mm

90mm

599mm / 1194mm

16mm

ACCENT TRIMKICKER

REFLECTOR146mm

SIDE VIEW

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK



Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

100

AC

CE

NT

/S

IGN

/W

AL

L W

AS

H

APPLICATIONS - Sign Lighting, Wall Washing, Accent Lighting; Interior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Long Lasting Sparkle - LED light beam contains no heat, and no UV, which means no degradation in color or quality of the product under display.

• Color Consistency - Exceptional color binning +/- 5%, no visible difference from LED to LED

• Aimable - Fixture adjusts from 0° to 350° to put the light where you want it.

• “Green” Energy-Saving - Reduces gas emissions, slashes operating costs and eliminates costly lamp disposal involving mercury waste.

• Dramatically Lower Maintenance Costs - Over 100,000-hour LED source extends life 3 to 5 times as compared to conventional fluorescent.

• Easy Installation, New or Retrofit - Mounts to either ceiling or wall.

• Separate Power Supply - Fixtures are connected easily to a universal voltage power supply (ordered separately).

LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs. Expected life: over 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance. Available in neutral white (NW - 4000K, CRI > 85) and warm white (WW - 3500K CRI > 85). (All values nominal).

DRIVER - State-of-the-art driver technology designed specifically for the application is integrated on-board, providing unsurpassed system efficiency. Complies with IEC and FCC standards.

ELECTRICAL - Fixtures operate on intrinsically-safe 24 VDC, which means no risk to customer or associates. Separate power supply operates on 120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz. See accessory page.

BEAM SPREAD- 120° symmetrical distribution.

LIGHT OUTPUT - 760 lumens per foot (NW) and 740 lumens per foot (WW), with an input power of 7 watts per foot.

LENS- Supplied with protective clear plastic lens.

HOUSING- Available in black, white and metallic silver.

WIRING- Intrinsically-safe 24 VDC system makes it simple to connect the fixtures to the power supply. Fixtures can be spaced apart as needed using appropriately sized 2-conductor to minimize voltage drop on long feeds from power.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE- -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F).


LISTING- Listed to U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for damp locations.



damp location

LED LINEAR HIGH OUTPUT LIGHT (LXW2)


LXW2 LED 24 - 24 VDCWW - Warm WhiteNW- Neutral White

Light SourceLength Input Voltage



LXW2 36 LED WW 24 MSV 12STC

24 - 24”36 - 36"48 - 48"60 - 60"

MSV - SilverBKS - BlackWHS - White

Finish

12STC - 12" Stem & Canopy24STC - 24" Stem & Canopy48STC - 48" Stem & Canopy

Mandatory Mounting Options

CATALOG# A B

BA

LXW2 24LXW2 36LXW2 48LXW2 60

26.15" (664 mm)38.15" (969 mm)50.15" (1274 mm)62.15" (1579 mm)

26.8" (681 mm)38.8" (985 mm)50.8" (1290 mm)62.8" (1595 mm)

0.405" (10 mm) OD Stem

1 1/4" (32 mm)

Note: Power supply is required, please see LED Linear Accessories page.



Catalog #

LED

101

LIN

EA

R D

ISP

LA

Y &

AC

CE

NT

APPLICATIONS - Display Case Lighting, Cove Lighting, Accent Lighting, Shelf Lighting, and Under Cabinet Lighting; Interior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS






• Easy Installation, New or Retrofit - Mounts with available brackets or customer adhesive. Lightweight (< 0.5 lb. per foot).


LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs. Expected life: over 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance. Available in cool white (CW - 5000K, CRI > 70), neutral white (NW - 4000K, CRI > 85) and warm white (WW - 3500K CRI > 85). (All values nominal).




LIGHT OUTPUT - 875 lumens per foot (CW), 800 lumens per foot (NW), and 780 lumens per foot (WW), with an input power of 7 watts per foot.

LENS- Supplied with protective clear plastic lens.

HOUSING- Anodized aluminum extrusion

WIRING- Integrated connection system makes it simple to create continuous lines of LED lighting. The fixtures can be connected directly together or spaced apart as needed, using the optional jumper cables. Use appropriately sized 2-conductor to minimize voltage drop on long feeds from power.



LISTING- Listed to U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for damp locations.



damp location

LED LINEAR HIGH OUTPUT LIGHT (LXC2)

Prefix Color TemperatureLXC2 12 - 12”

18 - 18”24 - 24”

LED 24 - 24 VDCCW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White




LXC2 36 LED CW 24

30 - 30”36 - 36”42 - 42”

46 - 46”48 - 48”96 - 96”

AB

C

15/16”(24mm)

1-1/4”(32mm)

1-3/16”(30mm)

CATALOG# A B C LXC2 12 12” (305mm) 12.75“ (324mm) 13.125” (333mm)LXC2 18 18” (457mm) 18.75“ (476mm) 19.125” (486mm)LXC2 24 21” (533mm) 21.75“ (552mm) 22.15” (562mm)LXC2 30 27” (686mm) 27.75“ (705mm) 28.125” (714mm)LXC2 36 33” (838mm) 33.75“ (857mm) 34.125” (867mm)LXC2 42 39” (991mm) 39.75“ (1089mm) 40.125” (1019mm)LXC2 46 45” (1143mm) 45.75“ (1162mm) 46.125” (1172mm)LXC2 48 48” (1219mm) 48.75“ (1238mm) 49.125” (1247mm)LXC2 96 96” (2438mm) 96.75” (2457mm) 97.125” (2467mm)




Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

102

LIN

EA

R D

ISP

LA

Y &

AC

CE

NT


LDL3 12 - 12”18 - 18”24 - 24”30 - 30”

LED 24 - 24 VDCCW - Cool WhiteNW - Neutral WhiteWW - Warm White


DL - Diffusing Lens

Options



LDL3 36 LED CW 24

36 - 36”42 - 42”48 - 48”

APPLICATIONS - Display Case Lighting, Cove Lighting, Accent Lighting, Shelf Lighting, and Under Cabinet Lighting; Interior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS








LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs. Expected life: over 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance. Available in 3500K, 4000K and 5000K color temperature (nominal).




LIGHT OUTPUT - 470 lumens per foot (CW), 430 lumens per foot (NW), 420 lumens per foot (WW), with an input power of less than 5 watts per foot.

LENS- Supplied with protective clear plastic lens. Optional diffusing lens available.

HOUSING- Anodized aluminum extrusion

WIRING- Integrated connection system makes it simple to create continuous lines of LED lighting. The fixtures can be connected directly together or spaced apart as needed, using the optional jumper cables. Use appropriately sized 2-conductor to minimize voltage drop on long feeds from power.



LISTING- Listed to U.S. and International safety standards. Suitable for dry locations.

LED LINEAR DISPLAY LIGHT (LDL3)



ABC

CATALOG# A B C LDL3 12 11” (279mm) 11.75” (298mm) 12.125” (308mm)LDL3 18 17” (432mm) 17.75” (451mm) 18.125” (460mm)LDL3 24 22.5” (572mm) 23.25” (591mm) 23.625” (600mm)LDL3 30 28.5” (724mm) 29.25” (743mm) 29.625” (752mm)LDL3 36 33” (838mm) 33.75” (857mm) 34.125” (867mm)LDL3 42 39” (991mm) 39.75” (1089mm) 40.125” (1019mm)LDL3 48 45” (1219mm) 45.75” (1162mm) 46.125” (1172mm)

3/4”(19mm)

13/16”(20mm)5/8”

(16mm)




Catalog #

LED

103

LIN

EA

R D

ISP

LA

Y &

AC

CE

NT

APPLICATIONS - Shelf Lighting, Cove Lighting, Accent Lighting, Under Cabinet Lighting and Handrail Lighting; Interior or Exterior.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• Up-Close Illumination - Closely spaced LEDs uniformly illuminate items positioned close to the strip, allowing shelves to be spaced closer together.

• Aimable - Fixture adjusts from 0° to +/- 90° to put the light where you want it.

• “Green” Energy-Saving - Reduces greenhouse gas emissions, and eliminates costly lamp disposal involving mercury waste.


• Dramatically Lower Maintenance Costs - 60,000+ hour LED source extends life 3 to 5 times as compared to conventional fluorescent.


• Separate Power Supply - Fixtures are easily connected to a universal voltage power supply (ordered separately).

LEDS - Select high-brightness LEDs. Expected life: minimum 60,000 hours to 100,000 hours depending upon the ambient temperature of the installation location. See LSI web site for specific guidance. Available in 3500K, 4000K and 5000K color temperature (nominal).


ELECTRICAL - Fixtures operate on intrinsically-safe 24 VDC, which means no risk to customers or associates. Separate power supplies operate on 120-277 VAC, 50/60 Hz. See accessory page.

BEAM SPREAD - 120° symmetrical distribution.

LIGHT OUTPUT - Input power is 3 watts per foot. Cool White (CW) lumens per foot is 180. Neutral White (NW) and Warm White (WW) lumens per foot is 150.

LENS - Optional clear lens available.

HOUSINGS - Anodized aluminum extrusion

WIRING - Feed wires on both ends make it simple to create continuous lines of LED lighting. Fixtures can be connected either directly together or spaced up to 4' apart with provided feed wires. Use appropriately sized 2-conductor cable (not supplied) to minimize voltage drop on long feeds for power.



LISTING - Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards for wet locations.

LED LINEAR STRIP LIGHT (LSL2)


LSL2 12 - 12”18 - 18”24 - 24”

30 - 30”36 - 36”48 - 48”

LED CW - Cool NW - NeutralWW - Warm White

Input Voltage

24 - 24 VDC

Options

CL - Clear Lens

Light SourceLength



LSL2 48 LED CW 24

This product, or selected versions of this product, meet the standards listed below. Please consult factory for

your specific requirements.

R 3/8”(10mm)

1/2”(13mm)1/8”

(3mm)

7/8”(22mm)

1-1/8”(27mm)

LSL2 12LSL2 18LSL2 24LSL2 30LSL2 36LSL2 48

ACatalog# B C

CB

A

11.125 (282mm)17.125 (434mm)23.125 (587mm)29.125 (739 mm)35.125 (892 mm)

47.125 (1196 mm)

12.188 (305 mm)18.188 (457 mm)24.188 (610 mm)30.188 (762 mm)36.188 (914 mm)

48.188 (1219 mm)

11.75 (295mm)17.75 (447 mm)23.75 (600 mm)29.75 (752 mm)35.75 (904 mm)

47.75 (1209 mm)





Catalog #

12/29/14

LED

104

LIN

EA

R D

ISP

LA

Y &

AC

CE

NT

FIG. 1 - PS100 (POWER SUPPLY ONLY)

FIG. 4 - RB3 200 FIG. 5 - RB3 300/400

FIG. 2 - PSE40

FIG. 3 - PSE100

FIG. 6 - RPSE40 FIG. 7 - RPSE100

4-1/8”(105 mm)

2-13/16”(71 mm)

9-1/2”(241 mm)

1-3/16”(30 mm)

1-3/4”(44 mm)

8-5/16”(226 mm)

8-15/16”(228 mm)

11”(279 mm)

4”(102 mm)

4-1/16”(102 mm)

2-13/16”(71 mm)

2-13/16”(71 mm)

12 13/16”(326 mm)

23-5/16”(592 mm)22-5/8”

(575 mm)21-1/2”

(546 mm)

12 1/8”(308 mm)

11”(279 mm)

8-1/4”(210 mm) 8-1/4”

(210 mm)

3-13/16”(96 mm)

3-13/16”(96 mm)

3”(76 mm)

3”(76 mm)

4-1/8”(105 mm)

8-7/8”(226 mm)6”

(152 mm)

3-1/8” (80 mm)

13-7/8”(353 mm)

11”(279 mm)

13-7/8”(353 mm)

4-1/16”(102 mm)

4-1/16”(102 mm)

4-1/8”(105 mm)

3”(76 mm)

3”(76 mm)

2-13/16”(71 mm)

4-1/8”(105 mm)

6”(152 mm)

8-7/8”(226 mm)

Non-Encased 100 Watt Power Supply with 120-277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output (Fig. 1)Encased 40 Watt Power Supply with 120 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. (Fig. 2)Encased 100 Watt Power Supply with 120-277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 3)Encased 100 Watt Power Supply with 120-277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. CE listed (Fig. 3)Encased 200 Watt Power Supply with 120-277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 4)2

Encased 300 Watt Power Supply with 120-277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 5)3

Encased 400 Watt Power Supply with 120-277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 5)4

Thermally Protected, Recessed Rated Encased 40 Watt Power Supply with 120 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 6)Thermally Protected, Recessed Rated Encased 100 Watt Power Supply with 120 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 7)Thermally Protected, Recessed Rated Encased 100 Watt Power Supply with 208 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 7)Thermally Protected, Recessed Rated Encased 100 Watt Power Supply with 240 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 7)Thermally Protected, Recessed Rated Encased 100 Watt Power Supply with 277 VAC; 50/60 Hz Input; 24 VDC Output. UL listed (Fig. 7)

PS 100 LED UE

PSE 40 LED 120

PSE 100 LED UE

EUR PSE 100 LED UE

RB3 200 LED UE

RB3 300 LED UE

RB3 400 LED UE

RPSE 40 LED 120

RPSE 100 LED 120

RPSE 100 LED 208

RPSE 100 LED 240

RPSE 100 LED 277

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATION (Accessories are field installed and damp location listed)


100 W

40 W

100 W

100 W200 W

(100x2)300 W

(100x3)400 W

(100x4)

40 W

100 W

100 W

100 W

100 W

Max Output1

3514830135148302351483043514830535148303

354875

HRNSS 6” Jumper Cable with Male/Female connectorsHRNSS 1ft Jumper Cable with Male/Female connectorsHRNSS 3ft Jumper Cable with Male/Female connectorsHRNSS 5ft Jumper Cable with Male/Female connectorsHRNSS 10 ft Jumper Cable with Male/Female connectors


Description Order NumberHRNSS 10ft Jumper Cable for LXW2

FOOTNOTES:1- Damage to the power supply and unpredictable lighting can result from exceeding max

output. It is good design practice to limit loading to 80% of maximum.2- Operates (2) 100 Watt Class II power supplies3- Operates (3) 100 Watt Class II power supplies4- Operates (4) 100 Watt Class II power supplies

LXC2/LDL3 only

LXW2 only

IMPORTANT POWER SUPPLY NOTE:The power supplies are designed to work with the quick connects supplied with the LXC2/LDL3 series or they can be hard wired with the LSL2 and LXW2. Depending on the mounting requirements, you may need additional cable length between fixtures/power supplies. Optional length harnesses (HRNSS) shown above are designed for use with the LXC2/LDL3 series to connect fixtures to the enclosed power supplies. If additional cable is needed with the LSL2 and LXLW2 it will be customer supplied.

LED LINEAR ACCESSORIES




Catalog #

LED

105

LIN

EA

R D

ISP

LA

Y &

AC

CE

NT

LED LINEAR ACCESSORIES

LXC2/LDL3 - LED LINEAR DISPLAY LIGHT TYPICAL WIRINGTo connect the PSE or RB3 to the fixture, use the HRNSS 10 ft. Jumper Cable

Can be connected together 3 ways:1- Directly using supplied quick connect plugs2- HRNSS 6” jumper cable - provides up to 10” between fixtures3- HRNSS 10’ jumper cable - provides up to 124” between fixtures

POWER SUPPLY

EXAMPLE CASE CONFIGURATION

6” OR 12”HRNSS CABLE

6” OR 12”HRNSS CABLE

10’ HRNSS CABLE

LXC2 / LDL3

DIRECTLYCONNECTED

NOTE: Use gel filled wire nuts when connecting fixtures outdoors.

▲ Power In ▲ Power Out

LSL2 - LED LINEAR STRIP LIGHT TYPICAL WIRING

POWER SUPPLY 10' HRNSS CABLEP/N 354875

LXW2 - LED LINEAR SIGN/WALL WASHER TYPICAL WIRING



Catalog #

HOUSING - Rectangular shaped, multi-radiused, one-piece, die-cast aluminum with cast mounting arm. All hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel.

DOOR FRAME - One-piece, die-cast aluminum door frame secures to the housing with two internal hinges. Two stainless steel captive door fasteners allow easy access. A one-piece extruded silicone gasket seals the door frame against the housing. The standard housing/door seal design prevents external contaminants from entering the Challenger, resulting in an IP65 rating for all versions.

LENS/GASKET - Contoured clear impact resistant glass lens for vertical lamp optics. A tempered flat clear glass lens or contoured clear impact resistant glass lens is offered for horizontal lamp optics. A one-piece extruded silicone gasket seals the lens to the die-cast aluminum door frame.

SOCKETS - Porcelain mogul-base sockets. All sockets are factory prewired with a disconnect plug for the ballast. All sockets are pulse-rated.

LIGHT SOURCES - Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Natural White Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Metal Halide Reduced Envelope, or High Pressure Sodium. Clear lamp is supplied as standard.

BALLASTS - High-power factor ballast with removable/hinged ballast tray. Pulse-Start Metal Halide (250, 320, 400, 750 and 1000 watt), 775 watt Natural White Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Metal Halide, and High Pressure Sodium fixtures feature a CWA type ballast. The 575 watt Natural White Pulse-Start Metal Halide fixtures feature HX-HPF type ballasts. All ballasts are designed for -20 F operation.

CHALLENGER® (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)

Flat-lensed fixturesmeet IESNA

full cutoffclassification

COMMUNITYFRIENDLY

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Challenger

Upsweep Bracket - BKU-BO-S-19Weight (7kg)15lbs. E.P.A. = 0.4

(165mm)6-1/2"

(305mm)12"

(89mm)3-1/2"(89mm)

3-1/2"

(711mm)28"

(508mm)20"

(64mm)2 1/2"

(457mm)18"

(60mm)2-3/8"

1.8 2.0

3.7 4.1

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

F CT2.2 2.3

4.3 4.6

3.9 4.3

6.1 6.5

6.3 6.9

7.7 8.6

F CT

Note: F - Flat Glass CT - Contoured

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - ChallengerCast Arm With Extension Arm

Extension ArmRequired

Note: House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory.

Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Length (mm/in.) Width (mm/in.) Height (mm/in.)CHVCHH

41 / 9139 / 86

87 / 34.587 / 34.5

603 / 23.75603 / 23.75

464 / 18.25464 / 18.25

IP65wet location

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - Vertical Burn systems include: Type II (2), Type III ( 3), Type V (5), Perimeter Forward Throw (FP), Automotive Forward Throw (FA), and ART (Advanced Reflector Technology) optical systems: Automotive Forward Throw (AFT) and Automotive Interior (AI). Horizontal Burn systems include: Type III (3), Type V (5) and Forward Throw (FT). All reflectors are field-rotatable, enabling generous flexibility in distribution patterns, without fixture movement. Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

BRACKETS - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. Cast mounting arm is flat for square pole applications. Fixture may also be mounted to round poles using the round pole adaptor accessory (RPPC), which must be ordered separately. An extruded 6” arm extension is required for D90°, Q90°, T90° and TN 120° fixture configurations. A locking nut secures two through bolts and a reinforcing plate to the pole, stabilizing it for easy fixture mounting.

FINISHES - Each fixture is finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for five full years. Standard colors include bronze, black, platinum plus, white, satin verde green, metallic silver, and graphite.



AR

EA

106

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

CHALLENGER®


LuminairePrefix Distribution Light Source


LampWattage



143587BLK+++143587BLK+++143587BLK+++

141940CLR123111CLR

142862CLR144191CLR

CHH/CHV 3 HSS – External House Side ShieldCHV FA/AFT HSS – External House Side ShieldCHH/CHV FP/FT HSS – External House Side ShieldRPPC – Round Pole PlateBKS-BO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mount PlateBKA-BO-EC-6-CLR Extension ArmRequired for multiple mounting @ all 90o & 120o configurationsBKU-BO-S-19-CLR Upsweep Bracket for round and square poles

LineVoltage


480MT – Multi TapTT – Tri-Tap


CT – Contoured Clear Impact-resistant Glass

F – Flat Clear Tempered Glass

CT – Contoured Clear Impact-resistant Glass 3

PSMV – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 250, 320, 400, 750, 1000 1 WattNWPSMV – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Natural White 575, 775 WattMHR – Metal Halide Reduced Envelope 1000 WattHPS – High Pressure Sodium 250,400,750 2 WattPSMV – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 750, 10001 WattNWPSMV – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Natural White 575, 775 WattMHR – Metal Halide Reduced Envelope 1000 Watt

PSMH – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 250, 320, 400, 750, 1000 1

NWPSMH – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Natural White 775 WattMHR – Metal Halide Reduced Envelope 1000 WattHPS – High Pressure Sodium 250, 400, 7502 Watt

250320400575750775

1000

575750775

1000

250320400750775

1000

2-Type II3-Type III5 - Type VFP- Forward Throw PerimeterFA-Automotive Foward Throw

Advanced Reflector Technology Optical Systems:AFT-Automotive Foward ThrowAI-Automotive Interior

3 – Type IIIFT– Forward Throw5 – Type V

Vertical BurnCHV

Horizontal Burn CHH

PCR - Photoelectric Control Receptacle 4

LL - Less Lamp

FOOTNOTES:1- Tri-Tap not available in 1000 Watt PSMV. Voltage must be specified – 120V, 277V, or 347V.2- When ordering 750 Watt High Pressure Sodium, voltage must be specified.3- Use to match vertical appearance.4- Factory installed PCR requires field wiring to proper voltage. Photocell must be ordered seperately, see Accessories.

HOUSE SIDE SHIELD

CHV 5 1000 MHR CT MT MSV PCR

PC120 – PhotocellPC208-277 – Photocell for 208V, 240V or 277VPC347 – PhotocellPC480 – PhotocellFK120 - Single Fusing FK277 - Single FusingDFK208, 240 - Double FusingDFK480 - Double Fusing FK347 - Single FusingCHH/CHV 2 HSS – External House Side Shield

122514+122515+159516+1225180+FK120++FK277++

DFK208, 240++DFK480++FK347++

143586BLK+++

Lens

Consult Factoryfor International

Voltages and Light Sources

+ Factory installed PCR option required.++Fusing must be located in the hand-hole of the pole- not in the fixture+++ Black only.

4-5/16”

3-5/8”

TYPE II(143586BLK)

TYPE III AND FORWARD THROW (FA/FP/AFT)

(143587BLK)5-3/8”

8-7/8”

MT – Multi Tap consists of 120V, 208V, 240V and 277V and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate voltages will require field adjustment.

TT – Tri-Tap consists of 120V, 277V and 347V and is shipped standard for Canadian applications and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate

voltages will require field adjustment.

AR

EA

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

107



Catalog #

CHALLENGER® II MEDIUM (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)

HOUSING - Radiused, rectangular-shaped, aluminum housing with stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel mounting hardware.

DOOR FRAME - Aluminum with two stainless steel captive fasteners for easy access into the fixture. A one-piece extruded EPDM gasket seals the door frame against the housing.

LENS/GASKET - Available with a contoured clear impact-resistant glass lens for vertical lamp optics. A tempered flat clear glass lens or contoured clear impact-resistant glass lens is offered for horizontal lamp optics. The lens is sealed to the door frame with EPDM gasketing.

SOCKETS - Porcelain mogul-base sockets. All sockets are factory prewired. All sockets are pulse-rated.

LIGHT SOURCES - Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope, Ceramic Metal Halide or High Pressure Sodium. Clear lamp is supplied as standard.

BALLASTS - High-power factor ballast. Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Metal Halide, and High Pressure Sodium fixtures feature a CWA type ballast. All ballasts are designed for -20° F operation.

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Challenger II MediumCatalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Length (mm/in.) Width (mm/in.) Height (mm/in.)

(222mm)8-3/4"

(203mm)8"

(89mm)3-1/2"

(594mm)23-3/8"

(445mm)17-1/2"Bracket -

2 Bolt Pattern

CH2HMCH2VM

19 / 4219 / 42

699 / 27.5699 / 27.5

559 / 22559 / 22

432 / 17432 / 17

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

1.4 1.6

2.9 3.2

2.5 3.0

4.0 4.5

4.1 4.7

5.1 6.0

F CT

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Challenger II Medium


Note: F - Flat Glass CT - Contoured



COMMUNITYFRIENDLY

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - Vertical oriented systems include: Type V (5), and Perimeter Forward Throw (FP). Horizontal oriented systems include: Type V (5), Forward Throw (FT), Type III (3), and Type II (2). Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

BRACKETS - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. An extruded radius 8” arm is shipped standard and compatible with all fixture mounting configurations. The fixture may also be mounted to round poles using the round pole plate adaptor accessory (RPP2), which must be ordered separately.



wet location


AR

EA

108

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

CHALLENGER® II MEDIUM




LampWattage



DFK480FK347

290383BLK++

162914CLR123111CLR

DFK480 - Double Fusing FK347 - SIngle Fusing CH2VM / CH2HM HSS – External House Side ShieldRPP2 – Round Pole PlateBKS-BO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mount Plate

LineVoltage



CT – Contoured Clear Impact-resistant Glass


CT – Contoured Clear Impact-resistant Glass 1

PSMV – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 175, 250, 320 WattPSMVR – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope 400 WattCMH – Ceramic Metal Halide 150 WattHPS – High Pressure Sodium 100, 150 Watt

PSMH – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 175, 250, 320 WattPSMHR – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope 400 WattCMH – Ceramic Metal Halide 150 WattHPS – High Pressure Sodium 100, 150, 250, 400 Watt

100150175250320400

FP – Forward Throw Perimeter5 – Type V

2 – Type II3 – Type IIIFT– Forward Throw5 – Type V

Vertical BurnCH2VM

Horizontal Burn CH2HM


TB - Terminal BlockLL - Less Lamp

FOOTNOTES:1- Use to match vertical appearance.2- PCR factory installed and prewired to highest voltage. Alternate voltages will require field re-wiring. Photocell must be ordered seperately. See Accessories.

HOUSE SIDE SHIELD

CH2VM 5 400 PSMVR CT MT PLP PCR

PC120 – PhotocellPC208-277 – Photocell for 208V, 240V or 277VPC347 – PhotocellPC480 – PhotocellFK120 - Single Fusing FK277 - Single FusingDFK208, 240 - Double Fusing

122514+122515+159516+1225180+

FK120FK277

DFK208, 240

Lens



+ Factory installed PCR option required.++Black Only

(290383BLK)

4”

8-1/2”





AR

EA

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

109



Catalog #

PATRIOT SMALL (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)


DOOR FRAME - The Patriot Small has a one-piece, die-cast aluminum door frame which secures to the housing with a hinge bracket. An integral over-center latch allows easy tool-less access. Door frame may then be easily removed from housing. Door is provided with a catch mechanism that limits door swing. A one-piece extruded silicone gasket seals the door frame against the housing. The standard housing/door seal design prevents external contaminants from entering the fixture.

LENS/GASKET - The Patriot Small is available with a tempered flat clear glass lens. A one-piece extruded silicone gasket seals the lens to the die-cast aluminum door frame.

SOCKETS - Porcelain medium-base sockets are supplied on fixtures 150 watt HID and below. Porcelain mogul-base sockets are supplied on 175, 250, and 320 watt HID fixtures. All HID sockets are factory prewired with a disconnect plug for the ballast, and are pulse-rated.

LIGHT SOURCES - Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Ceramic Metal Halide, Metal Halide, and High Pressure Sodium lamps. A clear lamp is supplied as standard.

BALLASTS - HID high-power factor ballasts, designed for -20oF operation. Optional HID Quick Connect package includes supply wiring plus modular plugs for easy ballast wiring and a removable ballast tray.

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Patriot Small

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Patriot Small


Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Length (mm/in.) Width (mm/in.) Height (mm/in.)

Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

Flat Glass

1.1

1.6

2.1

2.7

2.8

3.2

Upsweep Bracket - BKU-BO-S-19Weight (7kg) 15lbs. E.P.A. = 0.4

Radius Arm BracketBKA-BO-RA-8Weight (3kg) 7lbs.E.P.A. = 0.7

(457mm)18"

(165mm)6.50"

(343mm)13.50"

(572mm)22.50"

BKA-BO-PTS-EC-6-CLR: Extension ArmWeight (2kg) 5lbs.E.P.A. = 0.3

PTHS 13.2/29 622/24-1/2 394/15-1/2 203/8

wet location

* Lamp Compartment Only



COMMUNITYFRIENDLY

IP65*

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - The Patriot Small is available with a wide variety of reflectors, including Type II (2), Type III (3), Type V (5), and Forward Throw (FT). All reflectors are field-rotatable, enabling generous flexibility in distribution patterns, without fixture movement. Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

BRACKETS - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. The integral cast mounting arm is flat, for square pole applications. The fixture may also be mounted to round poles using the round pole adaptor accessory (RPPC), which must be ordered separately. An extruded 6” arm extension is available (but not required) for D90o, Q90o, T90o and TN120o fixture configurations. A locking nut secures two through bolts and a reinforcing plate to the pole, stabilizing it for easy fixture mounting.

SHIELDING - External House Side Shields are available for field installation with Types 2, 3, and FT distributions.

FINISHES - Each fixture is finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for five full years. Standard colors include bronze, black, white, satin verde green, platinum plus, graphite and metallic silver.



AR

EA

110

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

PATRIOT SMALL




LampWattage



LineVoltage





PSMH - Pulse-Start Metal Halide 175, 250, 320 WattCMH - Ceramic Metal Halide 150 WattMH - Metal Halide 100, 150 WattHPS - High Pressure Sodium 100, 150 Watt

100150175250320

2-Type II3-Type IIIFT- Forward Throw5 - Type V

Horizontal BurnPTHS

PCI120 – Button Type PhotocellPCI208 – Button Type PhotocellPCI240 – Button Type PhotocellPCI277 – Button Type PhotocellPCI347 – Button Type PhotocellQC - Quick Connect Package 1LL - Less Lamp

FOOTNOTES:1- Quick Connect option includes removable ballast tray and modular plugs. Available on 100 through 175 watt HID fixtures only.

PTHS 5 175 PSMH F MT MSV PCI120

Lens


Voltages

FK120+FK277+

DFK208, 240+DFK480+FK347+263016

263017BLK++

141940CLR263230CLR263228CLR169010CLR144191CLR

RPPC – Round Pole Plate BKS-BO-PTS-WM-*-CLR Wall Mount PlateBKA-BO-PTS-EC-6-CLR Extension ArmBKA-BO-RA-8-CLR Radius ArmBKU-BO-S-19-CLR Upsweep Bracket for round and square poles +Fusing must be located in the hand-hole of the pole. ++ Black only.

FK120 - Single Fusing FK277 - Single Fusing DFK208, 240 - Double Fusing DFK480 - Double Fusing FK347 - Single FusingPTHS PLS - Polycarbonate SheildPTHS 2/3/FT HSS – External House Side Shield - rear or side mounted


TT – Tri-Tap consists of 120V, 277V and 347V and is shipped standard for Canadian applications and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate voltages will require field adjustment.

UPSWEEP BRACKET3.50”

(89mm)7.75”

(197mm)

TYPE II, III & FORWARD THROWRear or Side Mounted

(263017BLK)

HOUSE SIDE SHIELD

AR

EA

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

111



Catalog #

PATRIOT (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)


DOOR FRAME - The Patriot’s one-piece, die-cast aluminum door frame secures to the housing with a stainless steel hinge bracket. An integral over-center latch allows easy tool-less access. Door frame may then be easily removed from housing. Door is provided with a catch mechanism that limits door swing. A one-piece extruded silicone gasket seals the door frame against the housing. The standard housing/door seal design prevents external contaminants from entering the Patriot, resulting in an IP65 rating in all versions.

LENS/GASKET - The Patriot is available with a tempered flat clear glass lens. A one-piece extruded silicone gasket seals the lens to the die-cast aluminum door frame.


LIGHT SOURCES - Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope, or High Pressure Sodium. Clear lamp is supplied as standard.

BALLAST - High-power factor ballast. Pulse-Start Metal Halide and High Pressure Sodium fixtures feature a CWA type ballast, designed for -20° F operation. Optional Quick Connect package includes supply wiring plus modular plugs for easy ballast wiring and a removable ballast tray.

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Patriot

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Patriot

Note: External House Side Shield adds to fixture EPA. Consult factory.


Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

TN120°

Q90°

Flat Glass

Upsweep Bracket - BKU-BO-S-19Weight (7kg) 15lbs. E.P.A. = 0.4

Radius Arm BracketBKA-BO-RA-8Weight (3kg) 7lbs.E.P.A. = 0.7

(457mm)18"

BKA-BO-EC-6-CLR: Extension ArmWeight (2kg) 5lbs.E.P.A. = 0.3

PTH

1.5

2.3

3.0

3.8

4.0

4.5

(489mm)19.25"

(768mm)30.25"

(208mm)8.19"

34/74 863/34 559/22 305/12

IP65wet location



COMMUNITYFRIENDLY

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - The Patriot is available with a wide variety of reflectors, including Type II (2), Type III (3), Type V (5), Forward Throw (FT), and Automotive Forward Throw (FA). All reflectors are field-rotatable, enabling generous flexibility in distribution patterns, without fixture movement. Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

BRACKETS - Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern. The Patriot’s integral cast mounting arm is flat for square pole applications. The fixture may also be mounted to round poles using the round pole adaptor accessory (RPPC), which must be ordered separately. An extruded 6” arm extension is available (but not required) for D90°, Q90°, T90° and TN 120° fixture configurations. A locking nut secures two through bolts and a reinforcing plate to the pole, stabilizing it for easy fixture mounting.

SHIELDING - External House Side Shields are available for field installation with Types 2, 3, and FT distributions. Internal Louver available for field installation with Types 3 and FT distributions on 400 watt and below fixtures.




AR

EA

112

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

PATRIOT




LampWattage



LineVoltage





PSMH – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 250, 320, 750 2 WattPSMHR – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope 400 WattHPS - High Pressure Sodium 250, 400 Watt

250320400750

2-Type II3-Type IIIFT- Forward ThrowFA – Automotive Forward Throw 1

5 - Type V

Horizontal BurnPTH


QC - Quick Connect Package 4

LL - Less Lamp

FOOTNOTES:1- Available with 750 PSMH only2- 750 PSMH available in distribution types: 3, 5, FT, & FA.

3- Factory installed PCR requires field wiring to proper voltage. On QC version, PCR is pre-wired to highest voltage. Alternate voltages will require field re-wiring. Photocell must be ordered seperately - see Accessories

4- Quick Connect option includes removable ballast tray and modular plugs.

HOUSE SIDE SHIELD

PTH 5 400 PSMHR F MT MSV PCR

Lens



122514+122515+159516+1225180+FK120++FK277++

DFK208, 240++DFK480++FK347++

92730

182009BLK+++182011BLK+++213020BLK++++


PTH 2/3/FT HSS RM – External House Side Shield - Rear MountedPTH 2/3/FT HSS SM – External House Side Shield - Side MountedPTH 3/FT IL – Internal LouverRPPC – Round Pole Plate BKS-BO-WM-*-CLR Wall Mount PlateBKA-BO-EC-6-CLR Extension ArmBKA-BO-RA-8-CLR Radius ArmBKU-BO-S-19-CLR Upsweep Bracket for round and square poles +Factory Installed PCR option required. ++Fusing must be located in the hand-hole of the pole, not in the fixture.+++Black only. ++++ Only available with 250-400 Watt fixtures. Black only.

PC120 – PhotocellPC208-277 – Photocell for 208V, 240V or 277VPC347 – PhotocellPC480 – PhotocellFK120 - Single Fusing FK277 - Single Fusing DFK208, 240 - Double Fusing DFK480 - Double Fusing FK347 - Single FusingPTH PLS - Polycarbonate Shield

(102mm) 4” (102mm) 4”

(162mm)6-3/8”

(213mm)8-3/8”

(171mm)6-3/4”

SIDE MOUNTED(182011BLK)

REAR MOUNTED(182009BLK)

INTERNALLOUVER(213020BLK)

EXTENSION ARM




STANDARD POLE MOUNT EC 6 EXTENSION ARM RADIUS ARM

UPSWEEP BRACKET

AR

EA

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

113



Catalog #

wet location

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - EnterpriseCatalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.)ENS (PT or SA)ENM (PT or SA)

20/4529/65


AR

EA

114

HID

OU

TD

OO

RA

rch

itec

tura

l

Also available in LED

ENTERPRISE (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)

HOUSING - Modular fixture is available in small or medium sizes and two mounting configurations. One piece housing / support frame is die-cast aluminum. Combination mounting arm / ballast enclosure on side mount versions is die-cast with integral ribs for heat dissipation. Ballast enclosure, access cover and support arms for post top versions are die-cast aluminum.

HOUSING TOP CAP- Removable spun aluminum cap, which provides “Top Access” for relamping, is retained by captive stainless steel fasteners and safety cables. Housing and top cap interface is sealed with a one-piece extruded silicone gasket. Tool-less entry option is available.

LENS- Lens is flat tempered glass, which is sealed to the die-cast aluminum housing with an extruded, high temperature, silicone gasket and retained internally by zinc plated steel clips.

LAMPHOLDER- Glazed porcelain in either medium or mogul base, 4KV pulse rated, with spring center contact. CFL fixtures have one piece, 4-pin, thermoplastic lampholders.

LIGHT SOURCES- Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope, Ceramic Metal Halide, Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, and CFL – Compact Fluorescent. Lamps supplied as standard - HID - clear and compact fluorescent coated, 3500K.

DIMENSIONS

7”(177mm)

5-3/8”(144mm)

5-5/8” (144mm)

2-1/2” (63mm)6-3/8”

(162mm)

28-3/16”(715mm)

18-3/16”(461mm)

7” (177mm)8-1/8”

(206mm) 4-1/4” (107mm)

Medium Post TopSlipfits 4” Dia. Tenon (4N) or Pole

Small Post Top SingleSlipfits 4” Dia. Tenon (4N) or Pole

31-3/16”(792mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)Ø20-1/4”

(514mm)

12-1/2”(320mm)

21-11/16”(551mm)

31-13/16” (808mm)

Ø5” (127mm)Ø5” (127mm)

13-7/16”(341mm)

R2”(52mm)

R2”(52mm)

25”(634mm)

37-3/4” (958mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

Ø20-1/4”(648mm)

19-3/8”(492mm)

Medium Side Arm(select 3” reduced drilling pattern)

Small Side Arm(select 3” reduced drilling pattern)

BALLASTS- Ballast is mounted on removable power tray. Tool-less option is available. HID ballasts are high-power factor designed for -20°F operation. Terminal block, for easy wiring, is standard. CFL ballasts are universal electronic, with 0°F starting, which accommodate current from 120-277V in either 50HZ or 60HZ for worldwide operation.

OPTICS- Four available distributions – Type II, III, V, and FT-Forward Throw for perimeter applications. Reflectors may be rotated in 90° increments. Lamps are horizontally oriented.

FASTENERS- All exposed fasteners are black oxide coated stainless steel. Internal fasteners are stainless steel or zinc electro-plated steel.

MOUNTING - Post Top, Side Arm and Wall mounting available. Pole selection information shown under fixture drawings.

FINISH- Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for five full years. Standard colors include bronze, black, platinum plus, graphite, satin verde green, metallic silver and white.

SHIELDING- Internal house side shields for small and medium are available.




COMMUNITYFRIENDLY

IP65



Catalog #

AR

EA

HID

OU

TD

OO

RA

rchitectu

ral

115

ENTERPRISE


LuminairePrefix

MountingStyle

LampWattage Light SourceOptics


VoltageOrientationLuminaire

Finish Options

PT - Post Top SA4 - Side Arm Mount for 4” Poles1

SA5 - Side Arm Mount for 5” Poles1


H - Horizontal(only)

FOOTNOTES:1- For correct mounting, order LSI poles with 3” reduced drilling pattern.2- Provided with Ceramic Metal Halide lamp.3- 480 volt not available in 39MH, 50MH, or 50HPS.

4- TT not available in 50HPS.5- For PT mounting configurations other than D180, consult factory. Order one bracket per fixture.

ENS PT H 5 100 MH F MT MSV SQT

Lens

F - Flat

Accessories

SQN - Standby Quartz (Non-Time Delay)SQT - Standby Quartz (Time Delay)PC120 - 120V PhotocellPCHV - 208-277V PhotocellPC347 - 347V PhotocellTE - Tool-less EntryLL - Less Lamp

FK120, FK277, FK347 - Single fusingDFK208, DFK240, DFK480 - Double fusingIHSS - Internal House Side ShieldSPA - Square Pole Adapter (SA only)WM - Wall Mount (PT only)SAWM - Side Arm Wall Mount (SA4 or SA5)BK SPT BO4 - Small Bolt on Arm Bracket (for PT 180) For 4” Dia. Round Poles1,5

BK SPT BO5 - Small Bolt on Arm Bracket (for PT 180) For 5” Dia. Round Poles1,5



CMH - Ceramic Metal Halide2

150 WattMH - Metal Halide 393, 503, 70, 100, 150 WattHPS - High Pressure Sodium 503,4, 70, 100, 150 Watt

CFL - Compact Fluorescent Single 26, 32, 42, 57 Watt CFL2 - Compact Fluorescent Double 26, 32, 42 Watt

PSMH - Pulse-Start Metal Halide 200, 250, 320, 350 WattPSMHR - Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced 400 WattHPS - High Pressure Sodium 250, 400 Watt

MTTT4

480 3

UE(120-277)

MTTT4

480 3

2 - Type II3 - Type IIIFT - Forward Throw5 - Type V

5 - Type V Only


ENSSmall

ENMMedium

395070100150

26324257

200250320350400

MT – Multi Tap consists of 120V, 208V, 240V and 277V and is prepared for

highest voltage. Alternate voltages will

require field adjustment. TT – Tri-Tap consists of 120V, 277V and 347V

and is shipped standard for Canadian applications

and is prepared for highest voltage.

Alternate voltages will require field adjustment.

Ø4” (102mm) or Ø5” (127mm)24-1/2”

(622mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Ø20-1/4”(514mm)

35-1/2”(902mm)

Enterprise Medium Post Top with BK MPT BO (x2)Mounts to 4” or 5” Dia. D180 Bolt-on Pole


Enterprise Small Post Top with WM Accessory

32-1/2”(837mm)

20-5/8”(524mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Ø25-1/4”(648mm)

Ø25-1/4”(648mm)

35-1/2”(902mm)

Enterprise Medium Post Top with WM Accessory

24-5/8”(625mm)

Ø4” (102mm) or Ø5” (127mm)

3-1/3”(84mm)3-1/3”

(84mm)3-1/3”

(84mm)

3-1/3”(84mm)

Ø4”(102mm) 20-1/2”

(521mm)

Ø20-1/4”(514mm)

Enterprise Small Post Top with BK SPT BO (x2)Mounts to 4” or 5” Dia. D180 Bolt-on Pole


32-1/2”(837mm)

PT

PT

SA

SA

SA

SA

SA

SA

0.8

1.6

0.8

1.7

1.4

2.2

2.2

2.8

1.0

2.0

1.0

2.1

1.8

2.7

2.8

3.5

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Greenlee EnterpriseMOUNTING

STYLESMALL

FLAT LENSMEDIUM

FLAT LENS

PT Single


Single

D180°

D90°

T90°

T120°

Q90°



Catalog #

wet location

IP65SHIPPING WEIGHTS - LexingtonCatalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.)

LXS (PT)LXM (PT)

20/4529/65


AR

EA

116

HID

OU

TD

OO

RA

rch

itec

tura

l

Also available in LED

LEXINGTON (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)

HOUSING - Modular fixture is available in small or medium sizes. One piece housing / support frame is die-cast aluminum. Post Top ballast enclosure, access cover and support arms are die-cast aluminum. Housing is sealed with an extruded silicone gasket.

HOUSING TOP CAP- Removable spun aluminum cap, which provides “Top Access” for relamping, is retained by captive stainless steel fasteners and safety cables. Housing and top cap interface is sealed with a one-piece extruded silicone gasket. Tool-less entry option is available.

LENS- Lens is flat tempered glass, which is sealed to the die-cast aluminum housing with an extruded, high temperature, silicone gasket and retained internally by zinc plated steel clips.

LAMPHOLDER- Glazed porcelain in either medium or mogul base, 4KV pulse rated, with spring center contact. CFL fixtures have a one piece, 4-pin, thermoplastic lampholder.

LIGHT SOURCES- Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope, Ceramic Metal Halide, Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, and CFL-Compact Fluorescent. Lamps supplied as standard - HID - clear and compact fluorescent coated, 3500K.

DIMENSIONS

Small Post Top SingleSlipfits 4” Dia. Tenon (4N) or Pole

40-1/2”(1028mm)

18”(457mm)

18”(457mm)

Ø20-1/4”(514mm)

Ø5” (127MM)

18-1/8”(461mm)

Medium Post Top SingleSlipfits 4” Dia. Tenon (4N) or Pole

42-1/4”(1072mm)

Ø25-1/2”

Ø5” (127mm)

19-3/8”(492mm)

BALLASTS- Ballast is mounted on removable power tray. Tool-less option is available. HID ballasts are high-power factor designed for -20°F operation. Terminal block, for easy wiring, is standard. CFL ballasts are universal electronic, with 0°F starting, which accommodate current from 120-277V in either 50HZ or 60HZ for worldwide operation.

OPTICS- Four available distributions – Type II, III, V, and FT-Forward Throw for perimeter applications. Reflectors may be rotated in 90° increments. Lamps may be vertically or horizontally oriented.

FASTENERS- All exposed fasteners are black oxide coated stainless steel. Internal fasteners are stainless steel or zinc electro-plated steel.


FINISH- Fixtures are finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for five full years. Standard colors include bronze, black, platinum plus, graphite, satin verde green, metallic silver and white.

SHIELDING- Internal house side shields for small and medium are available.




COMMUNITYFRIENDLY



Catalog #

AR

EA

HID

OU

TD

OO

RA

rchitectu

ral

117

LEXINGTON


LuminairePrefix

MountingStyle Optics


VoltageOrientationLuminaire

Finish Options


H - Horizontal1

V - Vertical2

FOOTNOTES:1- 175 Watt PSMH available with vertical orientation only2- CFL & CFL2 light source available with horizontal orientation only.3- Provided with Ceramic Metal Halide lamp.4- 480 volt not available in 39MH, 50MH, or 50HPS.

5- TT not available in 50HPS.6- For correct mounting, order LSI poles with 3” reduced drilling pattern. For mounting configurations other than D180, consult factory. Order one bracket per fixture.

LXS PT H 5 100 MH F MT MSV SQT

Lens

F - Flat

Accessories

SQN - Standby Quartz (Non-Time Delay)SQT - Standby Quartz (Time Delay)PC120 - 120V PhotocellPCHV - 208-277V PhotocellPC347 - 347V PhotocellTE - Tool-less EntryLL - Less Lamp

FK120, FK277, FK347 - Single fusingDFK208, DFK240, DFK480 - Double fusingIHSS - Internal House Side ShieldWM - Wall Mount (PT only)BK SPT BO4 - Small Bolt on Arm Bracket (for PT 180) For 4” Dia. Round Poles6

BK SPT BO5 - Small Bolt on Arm Bracket (for PT 180) For 5” Dia. Round Poles6



MTTT5

4804

UE(120-277)

MTTT5

4804


5 - Type V Only


LXSSmall

LXMMedium

PSMH - Pulse-Start Metal Halide1 175 WattCMH - Ceramic Metal Halide3 150 WattMH - Metal Halide 394, 504, 70, 100, 150 WattHPS - High Pressure Sodium 504,5, 70, 100, 150 Watt

CFL - Compact Fluorescent2

Single 26, 32, 42, 57 Watt CFL2 - Compact Fluorescent2

Double 26, 32, 42 Watt

PSMH - Pulse-Start Metal Halide 200, 250, 320, 350 WattPSMHR - Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced 400 WattHPS - High Pressure Sodium 250, 400 Watt

LampWattage Light Source

395070100150175

26324257

200250320350400

MT – Multi Tap consists of 120V, 208V, 240V and 277V and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate voltages will require field

adjustment. TT – Tri-Tap consists of

120V, 277V and 347V and is shipped standard for Canadian applications

and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate voltages will require field

adjustment.

45-1/4”(1151mm)

Lexington Small Post Top with WM Accessory

3-1/3”(84mm)

20-5/8”(524mm)

Ø20-1/4”(514mm)

45-1/4”(1151mm)

Ø20-1/4”(514mm)

46-5/8”(1184mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

24-5/8”(625mm)

Lexington Medium Post Top with WM Accessory

3-1/3”(84mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)

PT

PT

1.1

2.2

1.4

2.7

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Greenlee LexingtonMOUNTING

STYLESMALL

FLAT LENSMEDIUM

FLAT LENS

PT Single


Ø4” (102mm) or Ø5” (127mm)

24-1/2”(622mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Medium Post Top with BK MPT BO (x2)Mounts to 4” or 5” Dia. D180 Bolt-on Pole(select 3” reduced drilling pattern)

3-1/3”(84mm)

Ø4” (102mm) or Ø5” (127mm)20-1/2”

(521mm)

Ø4”(102mm)

Small Post Top with BK SPT BO (x2)Mounts to 4” or 5” Dia. D180 Bolt-on Pole


3-1/3”(84mm)

46-5/8”(1184mm)

Ø25-1/2”(648mm)



Catalog #


POLE SHAFT - Pole shaft is electro-welded ASTM-A500 Grade C steel tubing with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi. On Tenon Mount steel poles, tenon is 2-3/8” O.D. high-strength pipe. Tenon is 4-3/4” in length. Straight poles are 4”, 5”, and 6” square.

HAND-HOLE - Standard hand-hole location is 12” above pole base. Poles 22’ and above have a 3” x 6” reinforced hand-hole. Shorter poles have a 2” x 4” non-reinforced hand-hole.

BASE - Pole base is ASTM-A36 hot-rolled steel plate with a minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi. Two-piece square base cover is optional.

ANCHOR BOLTS - Poles are furnished with anchor bolts featuring zinc-plated double nuts and washers. Galvanized anchor bolts are optional. Anchor bolts conform to ASTM F 1554-07a Grade 55 with a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi.

GROUND LUG - Ground lug is standard.

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - Weatherproof duplex receptacle is optional.

GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER - Ground fault circuit interrupter is optional.

FINISHES - Each pole is finished with DuraGrip®, LSI’s baked-on polyester-powder finishing process which electrostatically applies and fuses a polyester powder to the pole. Provides an extremely smooth and uniform finish to withstand extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and features a five-year limited warranty. Optional DuraGrip® Plus features the added protection of a 3.0 to 5.0 mil thickness of polyester-powder finish plus an inner coating, as well as a seven-year limited warranty.

DETERMINING THE LUMINAIRE/POLE COMBINATION FOR YOUR APPLICATION:

• Select luminaire from luminaire ordering information

• Select bracket configuration if required

• Determine EPA value from luminaire/bracket EPA chart

• Select pole height

• Select MPH to match wind speed in the application area (See windspeed map).

• Confirm pole EPA equal to or exceeding value from note above

• Consult factory for special wind load requirements and banner brackets

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Steel Square Poles

DRILLING LOCATIONS

Projection

14'-39'(4.3m - 11.9m)

(4)AnchorBolts

FoundationBy Other

OptionalBase Cover

SQN –N= 2-3/8" (60mm) O.D. x 4-3/4" (121mm) Tenon

Hand-hole

12"(305mm)Standard

Side “B”Side “D”

Side “A” (Hand-hole Side)

Side “C”

Sides A B C DHand-hole XSingle XD180° X XD90° X XT90° X X XTN120°* XQ90° X X X XSingle FBO XDouble FBO X X*Other two locations will be 120° to the left and right of Side A.

Note: Standard SF and DF pole preparations are located 3/4 of the height of the pole from the base, unless otherwise specified.

4”(102mm) sq. 11 Ga. is approximately 7.50 lbs./ft.4”(102mm) sq. 07 Ga. is approximately 10.00 lbs./ft.5”(127mm) sq. 11 Ga. is approximately 9.00 lbs./ft.5”(127mm) sq. 07 Ga. is approximately 12.50 lbs./ft.6”(152mm) sq. 07 Ga. is approximately 15.40 lbs./ft.Anchor Bolts (3/4” x 30”)(19mm x 762mm) 15 lbs. (7kg)/setAnchor Bolts (1” x 36”)(25mm x 914mm) 30 lbs. (14kg)/set

SQB3, SQB5 –Bolt-On Mount2-Bolt Pattern

SQP –Square Pole Top

SQI –No Mounting Holes

SF –Single Flood

Pole Preparation

OutsideDimensions

Height Material80 MPH 90 MPH 100 MPH

BoltCircle70 MPH

EPA

14' (4.3m)16' (4.9m)16' (4.9m)18' (5.5m)18' (5.5m)20' (6.1m)20' (6.1m)20' (6.1m)20' (6.1m)22' (6.7m)22' (6.7m)22' (6.7m)22' (6.7m)24' (7.3m)24' (7.3m)24' (7.3m)24' (7.3m)24' (7.3m)26' (7.9m)26' (7.9m)26' (7.9m)26' (7.9m)26' (7.9m)28' (8.5m)28' (8.5m)30' (9.1m)30' (9.1m)35' (10.7m)39' (11.9m)

4" (102mm)4" (102mm)5" (127mm)4" (102mm)5" (127mm)4" (102mm)4" (102mm)5" (127mm)5" (127mm)4" (102mm)4" (102mm)5" (127mm)5" (127mm)4" (102mm)4" (102mm)5" (127mm)5" (127mm)6" (153mm)4" (102mm)4" (102mm)5" (127mm)5" (127mm)6" (152mm)5" (127mm)6" (152mm)5" (127mm)6" (152mm)6" (152mm)6" (152mm)

23.318.634.614.427.911.018.722.535.510.418.720.834.0

7.715.116.728.646.2

5.312.013.224.039.619.933.916.328.818.311.5

12.29.3

18.56.5

14.14.28.8

10.518.4

3.48.48.9

17.01.56.06.2

13.423.2

—3.93.8

10.318.9

7.515.1

5.011.6

4.3—

9.06.5

13.84.2

10.12.25.97.0

13.41.45.45.5

12.0—

3.33.18.9

16.6—1.51.06.3

12.93.99.61.76.6——

BBCBCBBCDBBCDBBCDJBBCDJDJDJJJ

16.713.125.0

9.719.7

7.012.815.425.4

6.312.613.823.9

4.09.7

10.519.632.6

2.17.27.6

15.827.312.522.7

9.618.610.0

4.3

S11GS11GS11GS11GS11GS11GS07GS11GS07GS11GS07GS11GS07GS11GS07GS11GS07GS07GS11GS07GS11GS07GS07GS07GS07GS07GS07GS07GS07G

POLE SELECTION CHART: 4"(102mm), 5"(127mm) and 6"(152mm) steel square poles

EPA based on ANSI/ASCE 7-93. Refer to EPA information on next page. For applications in Canada and areas using code requirements other than ANSI/ASCE 7-93, consult factory. If luminaire weight exceeds 250 lbs. (113.4 kg), consult factory.

STEEL SQUARE POLESP

OL

ES

& B

RA

CK

ETS

118

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #


PoleSeries Material

MountingConfiguration

POLE ORDERING INFORMATION

Height2

ACCESSORY ORDERING INFORMATIONOrder NumberDescription Order Number


172539172538178361

518030CLR5

C/F5

518029CLR5

Vibration Damper - 4" Square Pole (bolt-on mount only)Vibration Damper - 5" Square Pole (bolt-on mount only)Vibration Damper - 6" Square Pole (bolt-on mount only)PMOS120 - 120V Occupancy SensorPMOS208/240 - 208, 240V Occupancy SensorPMOS277 - 277V Occupancy Sensor

PoleFinish Options


S – Single/ParallelD180° – DoubleD90°– DoubleDN90°– DoubleT90°– TripleTN120°– TripleQ90°– QuadQN90°– Quad

PT – Pole Top Mount

N – Tenon Mount(Standard tenon size is 2-3/8" O.D.)

*

14'16'18'20'22'24'26'28'30'35'39'

S11G – 11 Ga. SteelS07G – 07 Ga. Steel

GA – Galvanized Anchor BoltsSF – Single Flood3

DF – Double Flood3

DGP – DuraGrip® PlusLAB – Less Anchor BoltsOSXX - Pole preparation for PMOS Occupancy Sensor4

FOOTNOTES:1 - See Area Lighting Brackets - Bolt-on and XAS3/XAM3 Area Lighting Brackets pages for Internal Slip-fitter brackets. 2 - Pole heights will have +/- 1/2" tolerance. 3 - See Flood Lighting Brackets section for choice of FBO brackets.

5SQB5 S07G 24 S PLP SF DGP

4BC – 4" Square Base Cover5BC – 5" Square Base Cover6BC – 6" Square Base CoverER2 – Weatherproof Duplex Receptacle GFI – Ground Fault Circuit InterrupterMHP – Mounting Hole Plugs (3 plugs)-for use with 5” traditional drill patternMHD – Mounting Hole Weatherproof Decal-for use with 3” reduced drill pattern


132336340120

BOLT CIRCLE EPA INFORMATION

All LSI Industries’ poles are guaranteed to meet the EPA requirements listed. LSI Industries is not responsible if a pole order has a lower EPA rating than the indicated wind-loading zone where the pole will be located. CAUTION: This guarantee does not apply if the pole/bracket/fixture combination is used to support any other items such as flags, pennants, or signs, which would add stress to the pole. LSI Industries cannot accept responsibility for harm or damage caused in these situations.

NOTE: Pole calculations include a 1.3 gust factor over steady wind velocity. Example: poles designed to withstand 80 MPH steady wind will withstand gusts to 104 MPH. EPAs are for locations 100 miles away from hurricane ocean lines. Consult LSI for other areas. Note: Hurricane ocean lines are the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico coastal areas. For applications in Florida or Canada, consult factory.

Standard SF and DF pole preparations are located 3/4 of the height of the pole from the base, unless otherwise specified.

Consult Pole SelectionChart on opposite page

Bolt CircleAnchor Bolt Size

Anchor Bolt Projection

Base Plate Opening for Wireway Entry

Base Plate Dimensions

B JD

Note: Base plate illustrations may change without notice. Do not use for setting anchor bolts. Consult factory for the base plate templates.

C

4" (102mm) square 5" (127mm) square 5" (127mm) square 6" (152mm) square

Slotted8”-11" (203mm-279mm)

3/4" x 30"

(19mm x 762mm)

3-1/4"(83mm)

3-5/8"(92mm)

10-1/8" sq. x 3/4" thk.(257mm x 19mm)

3/4" x 30"

(19mm x 762mm)

3-1/4"(83mm)

4-3/4"(121mm)

10-1/8" sq. x 3/4" thk.(257mm x 19mm)

1" x 36"

(25mm x 914mm)

4"(102mm)

4-5/8"(117mm)

10-1/8" sq. x 1" thk.(257mm x 25mm)


1" x 36"

(25mm x 914mm)

4"(102mm)

5-5/8"(143mm)

12" sq. x 1-1/8" thk.(305mm x 29mm)

Slotted12" (305mm)


10-1/8" (257mm) sq. 10-1/8" (257mm) sq. 10-1/8" (257mm) sq. 12" (305mm) sq.

11" (279mm) Dia. Bolt Circle12" (305mm) Dia. Bolt Circle

11" (279mm) Dia. Bolt Circle11" (279mm) Dia. Bolt Circle

Bolt-on Arm Mount - See pole selection guide for patterns and fixture matches.4SQB3 - 3” Reduced drilling pattern5SQB3 - 3” Reduced drilling pattern4SQB5 - 5” Traditional drilling pattern5SQB5 - 5” Traditional drilling pattern6SQB5 - 5” Traditional drilling pattern

Pole Top Mount - Use with: • Greenbriar Pole Top • Hilton Pole Top 4SQP5SQP6SQP

Tenon Mount - See pole selection guide for tenon and fixture/bracket matches.4SQN5SQN6SQN

No Mounting Holes or Pole Caps - Use with: • BKA 4ISF & BKA 5ISF • BKA X4ISF & BKA X5ISF

Internal Slip-fitter1

4SQI5SQI

4 - Order PMOS separately. Change “XX” to indicate height and side of pole location for pole preparation. EX: 01S8A indicates preparation is to be 18ft. up from pole base on side A. Optimal distance from ground to sensor is 20ft.5 - OSXX option required. Not for use with Metal Halide fixtures

STEEL SQUARE POLESP

OL

ES

& B

RA

CK

ETS

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

119



Catalog #

POLE SHAFT - Pole shaft is electro-welded ASTM-A595 Grade A steel tubing with a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi. On Tenon Mount steel poles, tenon is 2-3/8” O.D. high-strength pipe. Tenon is 4-3/4” in length.

HAND-HOLE - Standard hand-hole location is 12” above pole base. Hand-hole size is 4” x 6” and reinforced.

BASE - Pole base is ASTM-A36 hot-rolled steel plate with a minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi. Two-piece square base cover is optional.

ANCHOR BOLTS - Poles are furnished with anchor bolts featuring zinc-plated double nuts and washers. Galvanized anchor bolts are optional. Anchor bolts conform to ASTM F 1554-07a Grade 55 with a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi.

GROUND LUG - Ground lug is standard.

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - Weatherproof duplex receptacle is optional.

GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER - Ground fault circuit interrupter is optional.

FINISHES - Each pole is finished with DuraGrip®, LSI’s baked-on polyester-powder finishing process which electrostatically applies and fuses a polyester powder to the pole. Provides an extremely smooth and uniform finish to withstand extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and features a five-year limited warranty. Optional DuraGrip® Plus features the added protection of a 3.0 to 5.0 mil thickness of polyester-powder finish plus an inner coating, as well as a seven-year limited warranty.

DETERMINING THE LUMINAIRE/POLE COMBINATION FOR YOUR APPLICATION:

• Select luminaire from luminaire ordering information

• Select bracket configuration if required

• Determine EPA value from luminaire/bracket EPA chart

• Select pole height

• Select MPH to match wind speed in the application area (See windspeed map).

• Confirm pole EPA equal to or exceeding value from note above

• Consult factory for special wind load requirements and banner brackets

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Round Steel Tapered Poles

DRILLING LOCATIONS

Side “B”Side “D”

Side “A” (Hand-hole Side)

Side “C”

Sides A B C DHand-hole XSingle XD180° X XD90° X XT90° X X XTN120°* XQ90° X X X XSingle FBO XDouble FBO X X*Other two locations will be 120° to the left and right of Side A.

Note: Standard SF and DF pole preparations are located 3/4 of the height of the pole from the base, except on 20' poles. Maximum height for SF and DF pole preparations on 20' poles is 13' from the base.

Proj

ectio

n

20'-39'(6.1m - 11.9m)

OptionalBase

Cover

ONE-PIECE RTPN –

Hand-hole

(4) Anchor BoltsFoundation By Other

12"(305mm)Standard

TWO-PIECE RTPN –

45'-50'(13.7m - 15.2m)

Two-PiecePole

TopShaft

BottomShaft

RTPB5 –Bolt-On Mount,2-Bolt Pattern

RTPP –Round

Pole Top

SF –Single Flood

Pole Preparation

Height Pole Bottom Pole Top20' (6.1m)25' (7.1m)30' (9.1m)

35' (10.7m)39' (11.9m)

ONE-PIECE SHAFT

5.80" (147mm)O.D.6.60" (168mm)O.D.7.50" (191mm)O.D.8.50" (216mm)O.D.9.00" (229mm)O.D.

3.0" (76mm)O.D.3.10" (79mm)O.D.3.30" (84mm)O.D.3.60" (91mm)O.D.3.54" (90mm)O.D.

HeightTop Shaft Bottom Shaft

Top Bottom45'

(13.7m)

50'(15.2m)

TWO-PIECE SHAFT

3.95" O.D.(100mm)

3.25" O.D.(83mm)

6.89" O.D.(175mm)

6.89" O.D.(175mm)

Length Top Bottom Length21'-0"(6.4m)

26'-0"(7.9m)

6.43" O.D.(163mm)

6.43" O.D.(163mm)

10.00" O.D.(254mm)

10.00" O.D.(254mm)

25'-6"(7.8m)

25'-6"(7.8m)

20' (6.1m) S11 Ga. is approximately 153 lbs. (69kg)25' (7.6m) S11 Ga. is approximately 196 lbs. (89kg)30' (9.1m) S11 Ga. is approximately 247 lbs. (112kg)35' (10.7m) S11 Ga. is approximately 319 lbs. (145kg)39' (11.9m) S11 Ga. is approximately 358 lbs. (162kg)39' (11.9m) S07 Ga. is approximately 529 lbs. (240kg)45'* (13.7m) S07 Ga. is approximately 622 lbs. (282kg)50’ (15.2m) S07 Ga. is approximately 646 lbs. (293kg)

N = 2-3/8" (60mm) O.D. x 4-3/4" (121mm) Tenon

Anchor Bolts (1” x 36”)(25mm x 914mm) 30 lbs. (14kg)/setAnchor Bolts (1-1/4” x 42”)(32mm x 1069mm) 63 lbs. (29kg)/set

Height Material80 MPH 90 MPH 100 MPH

BoltCircle70 MPH

EPA

20' (6.1m) 25' (7.6m) 30' (9.1m)35' (10.7m)39' (11.9m)39' (11.9m)45'* (13.7m)50'* (15.2m)

33.631.430.730.127.151.142.328.9

18.817.016.014.912.627.124.015.6

14.412.811.710.5 8.420.218.611.7

NNNQQSTT

24.822.922.021.118.536.931.421.0

S11 Ga.S11 Ga.S11 Ga.S11 Ga.S11 Ga.S07 Ga.S07 Ga.S07 Ga.

POLE SELECTION CHART (steel round tapered poles)

* 45' and 50' poles are two-piece; bottom is S07G and top is S11G.

EPA based on ANSI/ASCE 7-93. Refer to EPA information on next page. For applications in Canada and areas using code requirements other than ANSI/ASCE 7-93, consult factory. If luminaire weight exceeds 250 lbs. (113.4 kg), consult factory.

STEEL ROUND TAPERED POLES


PO

LE

S &

BR

AC

KE

TS

120

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #


PoleSeries Material

MountingConfiguration

POLE ORDERING INFORMATION

Height 1



158578CLR122568CLR122569CLR

340120518030CLR4

C/F4

518029CLR4

50 SRTBC Square Base CoverER2 – Weatherproof RTP Duplex ReceptacleGFI – Ground Fault RTP Circuit InterrupterMHD - Mounting Hole Weatherproof DecalPMOS120 - 120V Occupancy SensorPMOS208/240 - 208, 240V Occupancy SensorPMOS277 - 277V Occupancy Sensor

PoleFinish Options


S – Single/ParallelD180° – DoubleD90°– DoubleDN90°– DoubleT90°– TripleTN120°– TripleQ90°– Quad

PT – Pole Top Mount

N – Tenon Mount(Standard tenon size is 2-3/8" O.D.)

20'25'30'35'39'45’50’

S11G – 11 Ga. SteelS07G – 07 Ga. Steel

Round Tapered Pole for Bolt-On Mount2-Bolt PatternRTPB5 - 5” Traditionaldrilling pattern

Round Tapered Polefor Pole Top MountRTPP

Round Tapered Pole for Tenon MountRTPN

GA – Galvanized Anchor BoltsSF – Single Flood 2DF – Double Flood 2DGP – DuraGrip® PlusLAB – Less Anchor BoltsOSXX - Pole preparation for PMOS Occupancy Sensor3

FOOTNOTES:1 - Pole heights will have +/- 1/2” tolerance.2- See Flood Lighting Brackets Section for choice of FBO brackets.

RTPB5 S11G 35 S PLP DGP

20 SRTBC Square Base Cover25 SRTBC Square Base Cover30 SRTBC Square Base Cover35 SRTBC Square Base Cover39 SRTBC Square Base Cover45 SRTBC Square Base Cover

158388CLR158390CLR158392CLR158554CLR155887CLR158571CLR

BOLT CIRCLE EPA INFORMATION

Bolt Circle

Anchor Bolt Size

Anchor Bolt Projection

Base Plate Dimensions

N T

Note: Base plate illustrations may change without notice. Do not use for setting anchor bolts. Consult factory for the base plate templates.

SQ

All LSI Industries’ poles are guaranteed to meet the EPA requirements listed. LSI Industries is not responsible if a pole order has a lower EPA rating than the indicated wind-loading zone where the pole will be located. CAUTION: This guarantee does not apply if the pole/bracket/fixture combination is used to support any other items such as flags, pennants, or signs, which would add stress to the pole. LSI Industries cannot accept responsibility for harm or damage caused in these situations.

NOTE: Pole calculations include a 1.3 gust factor over steady wind velocity. Example: poles designed to withstand 80 MPH steady wind will withstand gusts to 104 MPH. EPAs are for locations 100 miles away from hurricane ocean lines. Consult LSI for other areas. Note: Hurricane ocean lines are the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico coastal areas. For applications in Florida or Canada, consult factory.

Standard SF and DF pole preparations are located 3/4 of the height of the pole from the base, except on 20' poles. Maximum height for SF and DF pole preparations on 20' poles is 13' from the base.

10-1/8" (257mm) sq.Bolt

Holes

BoltCircle

0° Handhole

12" (305mm) sq. 12" (305mm) sq. 13-1/2" (343mm) sq.

14" (356mm) Dia.Bolt Circle



11" (279mm) Dia. Bolt Circle

1" x 36"

(25mm x 914mm)

4"(102mm)

10-1/8" sq. x 1" thk.(257mm x 25mm)

Slotted11" (279mm)

1" x 36"

(25mm x 914mm)

4"(102mm)

12" sq. x 1" thk.(305mm x 25mm)

Slotted12" (305mm)

1-1/4" x 42"

(32mm x 1067mm)

5"(127mm)

12" sq. x 1-1/4" thk.(305mm x 32mm)

Slotted12" (305mm)

1-1/4" x 42"

(32mm x 1067mm)

5"(127mm)

13-1/2" sq. x 1-1/4" thk.(343mm x 32mm)

Slotted14" (356mm)

Consult Pole SelectionChart on opposite page

3 - Order PMOS separately. Change “XX” to indicate height and side of pole location for pole preparation. EX: 01S8A indicates preparation is to be 18ft. up from pole base on side A. Optimal distance from ground to sensor is 20ft.4 - OSXX option required. Not for use with Metal Halide fixtures.

BoltHoles

BoltCircle

0° Handhole

BoltHoles

BoltCircle

0° Handhole

BoltHoles

BoltCircle

0° Handhole

STEEL ROUND TAPERED POLESP

OL

ES

& B

RA

CK

ETS

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

121



Catalog #


BOLT-ON BRACKETS (with 5” Traditional Drill Pattern)

Note: Bolt-on parallel arms are designed for direct mounting of fixture to face of bracket. Standard arms not required, except for Hilton series.

2" x 8" x 40"(51mm x 203mm x 1016mm)

INTERNAL SLIP-FITTERBKA-4ISF-D180-*-CLRBKA-4ISF-Q90-*-CLRBKA-5ISF-D180-*-CLRBKA-5ISF-Q90-*-CLR

BKS-BO-WM-*-CLR: Wall Mount Plate for flat surfaced arm

BKS-BO-PA-40-CLR: Parallel Arm

BKA-BO-EC-6-CLR: Challenger & Patriot Extension Arm

For Challenger & Patriot OnlyFor Patriot Small order BKA-BO-PTS-EC-6-CLR

For Patriot Small order BKS-BO-PTS-WM-*-CLR

Fits 4" (102mm) or 5" (127mm) SQI square steel poles with wall thickness of 11ga. (0.120" - 3mm) or 7ga. (0.180" - 5mm).

8" x 8"(203mm x 203mm)

BKA-BO-ADJ-6-CLR: Adjustable 6"(152mm)Designed for direct mounting

of fixture to face of bracket. Standard arms not required. Not compatible with certain fixtures. Consult factory.

For use with Square poles only.

BO-Bolt-On BracketBKA-BO-S-6BKA-BO-S-8BKA-BO-S-12

BKA-HRBO-S-6-CLR: Hilton II

BKA BO RA 8 CLR: Radius Arm for Challenger, Challenger II, Patriot Small, Patriot, and all Square and Rectangular Fixtures

Upsweep Bracket - BKU-BO-S-19

(457mm)18"

9-3/4”(248mm)

17”(432mm)

AREA LIGHTING BRACKETS - BOLT-ONP

OL

ES

& B

RA

CK

ETS

122

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

AREA LIGHTING BRACKETS - BOLT-ON


BRACKET ORDERING INFORMATION

ROUND POLE PLATE – For mounting fixtures to round poles1

BKA BO S 8 BRZ

BRZ – BronzeBLK – BlackPLP – Platinum PlusWHT – WhiteGPT - GraphiteSVG - Satin Verde GreenMSV - Metallic Silver

None6"

*

6"8"12"

8"

6"

*

40"

19”

S – Single

D180° - DoubleQ90° - Quad

S – Single

RA – Single

ADJ – AdjustableEC - ExtensionPTS EC - Extension

WM – Wall MountPTS WM – Wall Mount

PA – Parallel Mount

S – Single

HRBO – Hilton II

4ISF - Internal Fitter5ISF - Internal Fitter

BO – Bolt-On

BO – Bolt-On

BKA – Bracket Aluminum

BKS – Bracket Steel

BKU – Upsweep Bracket Aluminum

–

0.40.5

–––

0.7

0.10.30.3

––––

2.9

0.4

FOOTNOTES:1- For mounting of fixtures with 5” traditional drilling pattern. 2 - The bracket EPA should be added to the fixture EPA when selecting the proper pole. BKA HRBO and BKA BO are already included in the fixture EPA.

BracketDesignation1

BracketType

Bracket Configuration

Length OptionsBracket Finish EPA Values 2

RPP2 - ROUND POLE PLATE

RPPC - Challenger, Patriot, and Patriot Small only

Description Order NumberRPP2 – Round Pole PlateRPPC – Round Pole Plate - Challenger, Patriot, & Patriot Small

162914BLK141940CLR

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Area Lighting Brackets (Bolt-on and Tenon Mount)Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.)BKS-BO-WM-*BKS-BO-PTS-WM-*BKS-BO-PA-40BKS-NM-PA-40BKS-NM-RD-2.5/2BKS-NM-RD-3.0/2BKS-NM-RD-3.5/2BKU-BO-S-19BKA-HRBO-S-6BKA-BO-S-6

BKA-BO-S-8BKA-BO-S-12BKA-BO-EC-6BKA-BO-PTS-EC-6BKA-4ISF-D180BKA-4ISF-Q90BKA-5ISF-D180BKA-5ISF-Q90BKA-NM-S/D180

BKA-NM-T90/Q90BKS-RPT-TA-2.0+BKS-RPT-TA-2.5+BKS-RPT-TA-3.0+BKA-NM-ADJ+BKA-BO-ADJ+BKA-RNM-TN120+BKA-BO-RA-8BKA-NM-MA-5

2/52/5

17/3819/415/105/105/107/152/51/3

2/42/52/52/5 3/73/74/94/93/6

3/62/44/84/91/32/54/83/72/5

+Aluminum bolt-on brackets and tenon mounts are bulk-packed.

PO

LE

S &

BR

AC

KE

TSH

ID O

UT

DO

OR

123



Catalog #


Note: Tenon mount parallelarms are designed for direct mounting

of fixture to face of bracket. Standard armsnot required, except for Hilton Series.

2" x 8" x 40" (51mm x 203mm x 1016mm) Tenon Adaptor

Single/D-180(Drilled 2 Sides) Drilled 3 sides at 120°

D90/T90/Q90(Drilled 4 Sides)

BKS-NM-PA-40-CLR: Parallel Arm

BKA-NM-*-CLR: Tenon Mount Fitter BKA-RNM-TN120-CLR TENON MOUNT FITTER: For Radius Surface Brackets

BKA-NM-ADJ-*-CLR: Tenon Mount Adjustable(Direct mount of fixture to bracket- discard arm.) Not compatible with certain fixtures. Consult factory.

TENONREDUCERS*

P/N Description I.D. O.D. Fits 137096CLR BKS-NM-RD-2.5-CLR 3.068" (78mm) 3.5" (89mm) 2.875" (73mm)O.D.137093CLR BKS-NM-RD-3.0-CLR 3.640" (92mm) 4.0" (107mm) 3.5" (89mm)O.D.137090CLR BKS-NM-RD-3.5-CLR 4.140" (105mm) 4.5" (114mm) 4.0" (102mm)O.D.

9-3/4"(248mm)

POLE TOP ADAPTOR

For flat surface brackets

*Consult factory for other sizes.

P/N Description I.D. O.D. Fits 107073CLR BKS-RPT-TA-2 2.469" (63mm) 2.875" (73mm) 2.375" (60mm) O.D.107074CLR BKS-RPT-TA-2.5 3.068" (78mm) 3.5" (89mm) 2.875" (73mm) O.D.107075CLR BKS-RPT-TA-3 3.548" (90mm) 4.0" (102mm) 3.5" (89mm) O.D.

BKA-NM-MA-5-CLR: Mast Arm Adaptor(Cannot be used w/ Hilton Series) Slip fits 2” pipe (2-3/8” (60mm) O.D.)

For Square fixtures, RPP2 or RPPC is required

TENON BRACKETS (with 5”Traditional Drill Pattern)

10-3/4”(273mm)

FOOTNOTES:1- For mounting of fixtures with 5” traditional drilling pattern.2- RNM requires RPP2 or RPPC.

3- 2.5", 3.0", 3.5" I.D. pipe size is reduced to standard size 2-3/8" O.D.4- The bracket EPA should be added to the fixture EPA when selecting the proper pole.

TYPICAL ORDER EXAMPLE: BKA NM S * BLK


None40"

2.5/23

3.0/23

3.5/23

2.02.53.0

*

5

*

PA – Parallel Mount

RD – Reducers

RPT-TA – Pole Top Adaptor

S – SingleD180°– DoubleD90°– DoubleT90°– TripleQ90°– QuadADJ – Adjustable

MA - Mast Arm Adaptor

TN120°– Triple

NM – Tenon Mount

–

NM – Tenon Mount1

RNM - Round Tenon Mount2

BKS – Bracket Steel


3.0

0.10.10.1

0.10.10.1

0.50.50.50.50.50.3

0.2

0.2


DesignationBracket

TypeBracket

ConfigurationLength OptionsBracket Finish EPA Values 4

NOTE: Standard slip-fitter fits 2-3/8" O.D. tenon (2.0 pipe tenon)

11”(279mm)

AREA LIGHTING BRACKETS - TENON MOUNTP

OL

ES

& B

RA

CK

ETS

124

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #


FLOOD LIGHTING BRACKETSTENON BRACKETS

FOOTNOTES:1- FBO brackets require pole preparation and must be ordered with “SF” or “DF” pole option. For

use with Steel Poles only. Consult factory for bolt-on flood brackets for aluminum poles.2- PTB brackets slipfit 2-3/8" O.D. tenon. Order N tenon mount on poles.

3- The bracket EPA should be added to the fixture EPA when selecting the proper pole.

TYPICAL ORDER EXAMPLE: BKS FBO 5 BLK


None23

3-304

3-1201213

13-301415

51830

PTB2

FBO1

TENON MOUNTBKS – Bracket Steel

BOLT-ONBKS – Bracket Steel

1.62.12.42.32.01.81.82.12.53.3

.1

.61.0


DesignationBracket

TypeBracket

Configuration OptionsBracket Finish EPA Values3

NOTE: Standard slip-fitter fits 2-3/8" O.D. tenon (2.0 pipe tenon)

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Flood Brackets

STEEL POLE BOLT-ON BRACKETS1

BKS-PTB-2

17"(432mm)

17"(432mm)

17"(432mm)

17"(432mm) 17"

(432mm)17"(432mm)

17"(432mm)

17"(432mm)

2"(51mm)

PIPE2"

(51mm)PIPE

2"(51mm)

PIPE 2"(51mm)

PIPE

2"(51mm)

PIPE

BKS-PTB-3-30

30"(762mm)

30"(762mm)

30" (762mm)

BKS-PTB-3

BKS-FBO-18 BKS-FBO-30BKS-FBO-5

BKS-PTB-3-120

BKS-PTB-12

48"(1219mm)

BKS-PTB-1424"

(610mm)

24"(610mm)

24"(610mm)

BKS-PTB-13 BKS-PTB-13-30

BKS-PTB-15

BKS-PTB-4

4-3/4"(121mm)

18-7/8"(479mm)

30"(762mm)

Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.)BKS-PTB-2BKS-PTB-3BKS-PTB-3-30BKS-PTB-4BKS-PTB-3-120

BKS-PTB-12BKS-PTB-13BKS-PTB-13-30BKS-PTB-14

BKS-PTB-15BKS-FBO-5BKS-FBO-18BKS-FBO-30

11/2415/3213/2918/4015/32

9/2813/3215/3817/37

21/472/56/1413/29

PO

LE

S &

BR

AC

KE

TSH

ID O

UT

DO

OR

125



Catalog #


PO

LE

S &

BR

AC

KE

TS

126

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

LSI ABOLITE POLE BRACKETS

4-1/2" (114mm)

29-1/4"(743mm)

3/4" NPT

R 14"(356mm)

47"(1.2m)

3/4" (19mm)

NPT

Single Reflector Pole Top Bracket. Measures 15-1/2" high by 18-1/4" wide, less reflector. Bracket slip fits over 4” O.D. pole (see Pole Data page). The bracket features gloss white powder finish.

For 4” pole order CPC 1 GWT

Single Reflector Pole Top Bracket. Measures 40-1/8" high by 27" wide, less reflector. Bracket slip fits over 4” O.D. pole (see Pole Data page). The bracket features gloss white powder finish.

For 4” pole order SHCR4 1 GWT

21"(533mm)

R 9-1/8"(232mm)

16-3/4"(425mm)

4-1/2"(114mm)

• All LSI ABOLITE Designer Pole mounting hubs feature cast aluminum construction for years of trouble-free service.

• All brackets are finished with gloss white powder finish but can be supplied in other optional colors upon specification.

• All conduit supplied is rigid aluminum threaded for 3/4" N.P.T. • Drawings are not shown to scale and are for general appearance only.• Wet Location–All brackets are suitable for use in wet locations with RLM reflectors

(specify reflectors separately). Fixtures used in wet locations must be specified “WL”.

Single Reflector Pole Top Bracket. Measures 36" high by 18-1/4" wide, less reflector. Bracket slip fits over 4" O.D. pole (see Pole Data page). The bracket features gloss white powder finish.

For 4” pole order CPCL 1 GWT

37"(940mm)

24-1/4"(616mm)

21"(533mm)

R 9-1/8"(232mm)

4-1/2"(114mm)

Photograph may show optional equipment.



Catalog #© 2014

LSI INDUSTRIES INC.


Catalog #


PO

LE

S &

BR

AC

KE

TSH

ID O

UT

DO

OR

127

Single Reflector Pole Top Bracket. Measures 19" high by 25-3/8" deep, less reflector. Bracket slip fits over 4” O.D. pole (see Pole Data page). The bracket features a gloss white powder finish.

For 4” pole order DPB4 1 GWT

LSI ABOLITE POLE BRACKETS

Double Reflector Pole Top Bracket. Measures 19" high by 50-3/4" deep, less reflectors. Bracket slip fits over 4" O.D. pole (see Pole Data page). The bracket features gloss white powder finish.

For 4” pole order DPB4 2 GWT

19"(483mm)

50-3/4"(1.3m)

42-1/2"(1.1m)

3/4" N.P.T.6-3/4"

(171mm)

19"(483mm)

6-7/8" (175mm)3/4" N.P.T.

25-3/8"(645mm)

21-1/4"(540mm)

11-7/8"(302mm)



Catalog #

PATRIOT WALL SCONCE (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)

HOUSING - The one-piece die-cast aluminum housing is a multi-radiused rectangular shape. All mounting hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel.

WALL MOUNT - A galvanized-steel universal wall mounting plate easily mounts directly to a 4” octagonal or square junction box. An EPDM gasket is supplied to be installed between the mounting plate and junction box, sealing the junction box from entrance of water. The galvanized-steel universal plate allows the fixture to be suspended while making wiring connections. A unique clamping design securely locks the fixture to the wall mounting plate by utilizing two hex head screws. The universal plate permits the fixture to be mounted in the uplighting or downlighting position. Both positions are listed for wet locations. The standard housing/door seal design prevents external contaminants from entering the PTWS, resulting in an IP65 rating.

DOOR FRAME - The die-cast aluminum door frame with two black stainless steel captive fasteners allows easy access into the fixture. A one piece extruded silicone closed-cell sponge gasket seals the door frame against the housing. The door hinges open for ease of lamp and ballast maintenance.

LENS/GASKET - A flat clear tempered glass lens is sealed to the door frame with silicone closed-cell sponge gasketing.

SOCKETS - HID lampholders are glazed porcelain, medium base, 4KV pulse rated. The Compact Fluorescent fixtures feature a one-piece thermoplastic socket.

LIGHT SOURCES - The fixture is designed to operate with horizontal Ceramic Metal Halide, Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, and single or double Compact Fluorescent lamps. Lamps supplied as standard – HID (clear, shipped installed), and Compact Fluorescent (coated, 4100K, not installed).

wet location

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Patriot Wall SconceCatalogNumber

Est. Weight(kg/lbs.)

Length(mm/in.)

Width(mm/in.)

Height(mm/in.)

DIMENSIONS

8”(203 mm)

19-1/4”(489 mm)

11”(279 mm)

PTWS-HIDPTWS-CFL

11/259/20

616/24.25616/24.25

394/15.5394/15.5

362/14.25362/14.25


JunctionBox

Centerline4-5/8”

(117 mm)

5-11/16”(145mm)

7-3/4” (197mm)



COMMUNITYFRIENDLY

BALLASTS/ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS - Electrical components are factory-mounted in housing and prewired with voltage specific leads which extend out the back of the unit through a rubber grommet. This grommet prevents the entry of insects, dust, and moisture into the fixture. The need to open the fixture to make wiring connections is eliminated, thus making installation quick and easy. UL listed HID components with high-power factor ballasts rated for -20o F starting. Compact Fluorescent ballasts are Electronic Universal Voltage (120-277V, 50/60Hz) or 347V (60Hz), 0oF starting. Compact Fluorescent fixtures with UE (Universal Electronic) voltage are available with an optional dimming ballast for multiple types of controls such as building lighting controls and occupancy sensors. Available battery back-up of BB (32° F starting temperature) and CWBB (0° F starting temperature) are 120 or 277 voltage specific for U.S. applications for 26 watt through 42 watt lamps.

EMERGENCY OPERATION - A variety of integral emergency options are available to comply with Life Safety Codes which require emergency lighting along the path of egress on the building’s exterior, so building occupants can exit safely. Integral Emergency Battery Back-up options are available on Compact Fluorescent units. Emergency Quartz options are offered on HID units. Options for one or two 12 volt separate circuit(s), for use with up to 35 watt Halogen lamp(s) are available on both Compact Fluorescent and HID units.

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - Forward Throw (FTM, FT), Type III (3), and Wall Wash (WW) reflectors are available. All are high performance, full cut-off distribution as defined by the IESNA (downlight position only). Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

FINISHES - Each fixture is finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester-powder finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling and is guaranteed for five full years. Standard colors include bronze, black, platinum plus, white, satin verde green, metallic silver, and graphite.


IP65 ARRAFunding Compliant

WA

LL

MO

UN

T

128

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

PATRIOT WALL SCONCE




LampWattage



LineVoltage


120208240277347480


(120-277V 50/60Hz)

347 3



CMH - Ceramic Metal Halide 150 WattMH - Metal Halide 70, 100 1, 150 WattHPS - High Pressure Sodium 50 2, 70, 100, 150 Watt

CFL - Compact Fluorescent Single 26, 32, 42, 57, 70 WattCFL2 - Compact Fluorescent Double 26, 32, 42 Watt

CFL - Compact Fluorescent Single 26, 32, 42 Watt

5070100150

2632425770

3 - Type IIIFT - Forward ThrowWW - Wall Wash

FTM - Forward Throw Medium

WW - Wall Wash

PTWS PCI120 - Button-Type PhotocellPCI208 - Button-Type PhotocellPCI240 - Button-Type PhotocellPCI277 - Button Type-PhotocellPCI347 - Button-Type PhotocellDIM - CFL Control Voltage Dimming Ballast 4C - Coated MH LampSQT - Stand-by Quartz (Time Delay) 5SQN - Stand-by Quartz (Non Time Delay) 5EQ - Emergency Quartz (Separate 120V Circuit - HID only) 5EQ2 - Two Emergency Quartz (2 separate 120V circuits - HID only) 6

BB - CFL Battery Back-up 7CWBB - Cold Weather Battery Back-up7

EMR1 - One Emergency 12V Circuit Provision with 35 Watt Halogen Lamp 8EMR1LL - One Emergency 12V Circuit Provision - Less Halogen Lamp 8EMR2 - Two Emergency 12V Circuit Provisions with (2) 35 Watt Halogen Lamps 8EMR2LL - Two Emergency 12V Circuit Provisions - Less Halogen Lamps 8LL - Less LampPMA - Pole Mounting Adaptor w/fixture backplate for square poles9

PMAR - Pole Mounting Adaptor w/fixture backplate for round poles9

PTWS FTM 42 CFL2 F UE BRZ BB

Lens

FK120 - Single Fusing FK277 - Single Fusing DFK208, 240 - Double FusingPTWS SW BLK - Surface Wiring Box (black only)

FK120+FK277+

DFK208, 240+356915BLK

DFK480+FK347+244657

DFK480 - Double Fusing FK347 - Single FusingPTWS PLS - Polycarbonate Shield

FOOTNOTES:1- Supplied with an HX-HPF transformer as standard. Also available with a 120/277 volt CWA

transformer - consult factory.2- 50 watt is not available in 347V.3- 347 volt CFL is not available with dimming ballast (DIM) option or battery back-up (BB) option.4- CFL Dimming Control by others.5- HID lamp wattages 50 and 70 are supplied with a 50 watt, 120V quartz lamp. HID lamp

wattages 100 through 175 are supplied with a 100 watt, 120V quartz lamp. EQ option is not compatible with EMR options.

6- Available on 100 watt minimum HID fixtures. HID lamp wattages 100 through 175 are supplied with two 50 watt, 120V quartz lamps. Not compatible with EMR options.

7- Battery Back-up available on single and double 26, 32, or 42 watt CFL units with 120 or 277 specific voltage for US applications. Please change Line Voltage of UE to 120 or 277 when ordering this option. On double units, one lamp will be energized by battery back-up. Consult Factory for specific Means of Egress job application compliance.

8- Utilizes GZ4 socket(s). 12 volt separate circuit(s) required. Not compatible with EQ, EQ2, PMA or PMAR options.

9 - For single and D180 mounting configurations only. Not compatible with EQ, EQ2, and all EMR options. Use with 5” traditional drilling pattern.

+ Available on HID fixture only. Fusing to be installed in a compatible junction box supplied by contractor.



WA

LL

MO

UN

TH

ID O

UT

DO

OR

129



Catalog #

DORAL® - SMALLHOUSING - One-piece die-cast aluminum

housing features a multi-radiused rectangular shape with integral cooling ribs over the back, and .125” minimum wall thickness. One-piece vulcanized silicone gasket seals the door frame to the housing and is concealed when fixture is closed.

DOOR FRAME - One-piece die-cast aluminum .125” minimum wall thickness, mates with housing to create a continuous multi-radiused shape. Door frame secures to housing by four stainless steel recessed captive torx T-30 screws. Door frame hinges with two internal (concealed) stainless steel hinge brackets. 3/16” thick clear tempered glass lens is sealed to door frame by a one-piece silicone gasket and ten black zinc plated clips. Eight holes provided for attachment of Barn Door, Glare Shield, and Polycarbonate Shield accessories.

SOCKETS - HID lampholders are glazed porcelain, medium base, 4KV pulse rated with spring center contact. Incandescent lampholders are DC bayonet base.

LIGHT SOURCES - Ceramic Metal Halide, Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, or Incandescent. Clear lamp is supplied as standard. Incandescent lamps are to be provided by others.

BALLASTS/ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS - Electrical components are factory mounted in housing and pre-wired with leads extending through EPDM gasket and knuckle mount. UL listed components with high-power factor ballasts rated for -20°F starting. Optional photocell internally mounted in right hand side of fixture housing.

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Doral Small

MOUNTING BRACKETS


(184mm)7-1/4"

(324mm)12-3/4"

(235mm)9-1/4"

(356mm)14"

EPA 1.1

AIMING RANGE

STANCHION MOUNT (SMC) - 3" OD x .250" x 22.65" cast aluminum with 3/4" NPSM fixture mount, and astandard 2 3/8" tenon. Wiring and internal ground lug accessible through hand hole. Available in standard finishes.

WALL MOUNT (WM) - Aluminum mounting plate adapts to standard 4" octagonal J-boxes (by others). Fixture threads to mounting plate. Available in standard finishes.

DRS 10/22 368/14.5 305/12 191/7.5

210°

KNUCKLE MOUNT - Heavy duty, three-piece die-cast assembly with 3/4” NPSM male thread mount allows up to 210° range of motion. Locking plate and swivel arm allow for tilt/aiming in 7.5° increments. Alignment arrow and indicator lines allow positive, error-free aiming. A set screw with 3/32” allen-head locks fixture orientation on the mounting device.

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - Six interchangeable reflector types are available. Horizontal, Medium, and Vertical Flood reflectors combine diffuse and specular hammertone optical components mounted to a black anodized aluminum chassis. The Horizontal Spot reflector is offered with specular hammertone aluminum optical components. The specular hydroformed aluminum Axial Spot reflector provides 15o or 25o narrow spot distribution. Both the Axial Spot and Horizontal Spot optics contain source shields to minimize glare and provide optimum beam control. Reflector assemblies mount into fixture housing with four 1/4 turn fasteners. Tool-less electrical quick connect wiring allows quick reflector changes and easy access to the ballast. Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

BRACKETS - Stanchion Mounts and Wall Mounts may be ordered with Doral Small fixtures.

FINISHES - Each fixture is finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® polyester powder coat finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for five full years.. Standard colors include bronze, black, platinum plus, white, graphite, satin verde green, and metallic silver.



wet location

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

130

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

ARCHITECTURAL FLOOD



Catalog #

DORAL® - SMALL




LampWattage



LineVoltage


480MT – Multi Tap

TT - Tri-Tap

120



CMH – Ceramic Metal Halide 150 WattMH – Metal Halide 1 502, 70, 100, 150 WattHPS – High Pressure Sodium 50 3, 70, 100, 150 Watt

INC – T4 DC Bayonet Base Tungsten Halogen 4 250 Watt maximum

5070100150

250

HF - Horizontal FloodMF - Medium Horizontal FloodVF - Vertical Flood 7HS - Horizontal SpotSP15 - 15o Axial SpotSP25 - 25o Axial Spot

DRS – DoralSmall

PCI120 – Button-Type PhotocellPCI208 – Button-Type Photocell 5PCI240 – Button-Type Photocell 5PCI277 – Button-Type Photocell 5PCI347 – Button-Type PhotocellSQT - Standby Quartz (Time Delay) 6SQN - Standby Quartz (Non-Time Delay) 6LL – Less Lamp

DRS VF 100 MH F MT BLK SQT

TYPICAL ORDER EXAMPLE: BKA DRS SMC 23 BLK

Lens


None23"

4"

SMC – Stanchion Mount

WM – Wall Mount

DRS – DoralBKA – Bracket Aluminum

7

2

FOOTNOTES:1- Consult factory for ordering information and other wattages. 2- 50 Watt MH is not abailable in 480V.3- 50 Watt HPS is not available in TT, 347V or 480V.4- Incandescent lamps are to be provided by others. Can use up to 250 Watt Lamp.

JB – Junction BoxBD – Barn Doors GS – Glare Shield PS – Polycarbonate ShieldPT – Post Top Adaptor TA – Thread Adaptor 1/2" (No Finish)CFX - Color Filters

122534CLR122539CLR122540CLR

122541122542CLR

122543Consult Factory

FK120+FK277+

DFK208,240+DFK480+FK347+

FK120 - Single FusingFK277 - Single FusingDFK208,240 - Double FusingDFK480 - Double FusingFK347 - Single Fusing+ Fusing to be installed in a compatible junction box, supplied by contractor


DesignationBracket

TypeBracket

ConfigurationLength OptionsBracket Finish Est. Weight (lbs.)

ARCHITECTURAL JUNCTION BOX (JB) - Cast aluminum body and extruded matching cover. One-piece EPDM cover gasket. Internal ground screw provided. 3/4" NPSM fixture mount with sealing locknut. Two 1/2" NPSM for conduit entry. For above grade installation only. Available in standard finishes.

POST TOP ADAPTOR (PT) - One-piece cast aluminum – mounts on pole with 2" pipe tenon (2-3/8" OD x 3-1/2" minimum length) or 2-1/2" pipe tenon (2-7/8" OD x 3-1/2" minimum length). Fixture threads into adaptor and attaches to pole with allen set screws. Post Top Adaptor allows mounting of one or two fixtures and 360° horizontal adjustment. Available in standard finishes.

1/2" THREADED ADAPTOR (TA )- Machined aluminum pipe reducer adapts 3/4" pipe thread (T-stem) to 1/2" pipe thread provided by others.

BARN DOORS (BD) - Extruded aluminum doors with anti-reflection baffles. Each door is attached with two aluminum clamps with set screws to maintain position. Doors are individually removable. Assembly mounts to die-cast door frame holes. Caution: Not recommended for ground-mounted fixtures in vandal-prone areas. Available in standard finishes.

GLARE SHIELD (GS) - Formed 16 ga. steel. Mounts to die-cast door frame holes and may be used withpolycarbonate shield accessory. Available in standard finishes.

POLYCARBONATE SHIELD (PS)1/8" clear convex, UV stabilized, thermoformed polycarbonate. Mounts to die-cast door frame holes. May be used with glare shield accessory. Caution: Use only when vandalism is anticipated. Useful life is limited by UV discoloration from sunlight, HPS, or MH lamps.

5- Photocells on 208V, 240V and 277V fixtures are wired for 277V operation. 208V or 240V photocells will require field re-wiring.

6- SQN and SQT options available with HF, MF or VF distribution in 50 Watt HID minimum7- VF reflector not avaialable with 150HPS, 480V ballast.

Consult Factory for International Voltages and Light Sources


TT – Tri-Tap consists of 120V, 277V and 347V and is shipped standard for Canadian applications and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate voltages will require field adjustment.

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

ARCHITECTURAL FLOOD

131



Catalog #

DORAL® - MEDIUM (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)

HOUSING - One-piece cast aluminum in a multi-radiused rectangular shape with integral cooling ribs over the back. Internal concealed hinges permit full access to reflector area and housing interior. One-piece extruded silicone gasket between housing and door frame.

DOOR FRAME - One-piece cast aluminum door frame mates with housing to create multi-radiused shape. Door frame secures to housing by two internal (concealed) hinge brackets. 3/16” thick clear tempered glass lens seals to door frame by a one-piece silicone sponge gasket and stainless steel clips. Door frame secures to housing by four captive stainless steel recessed fasteners. Four holes provided for attachment of Glare Shield, Polycarbonate Shield, and Louver Shield.

SOCKETS - Porcelain mogul-base sockets. All sockets are pulse-rated.

LIGHT SOURCES - Pulse-Start Metal Halide, Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope, or High Pressure Sodium. Clear lamp is supplied as standard.

BALLASTS/ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS - Factory mounted in housing and prewired with leads extending through gasketing and into swivel mounting arm. UL listed components with high-power factor ballasts rated for -20° F starting. Optional photocell internally mounted in swivel mounting arm wiring access cover.

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - Doral Medium offers four reflector types: Horizontal Flood (HF), Medium Flood (MF), Vertical Flood (VF), and Spot Flood (SP). Reflectors are offered with highly reflective optical components. Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Doral Medium

MOUNTING BRACKETS

AIMING RANGE

(251mm)9-7/8"

(541mm)21-5/16"

(381mm)15"

(270mm)10-5/8"

(508mm)20"(406mm)

16"

EPA – 2.2

FBO-18FBO-5

Square Poles Round Poles

BKS-PTB-12

48"(1219mm)

BKS-PTB-14

BKS-PTB-13

24"(610mm)

24"(610mm)

STANCHION MOUNT TENON (SMT): 3" (76mm) O.D. x 250" (6mm)x 22.65" (575mm) cast aluminum with 2" (51mm) pipe tenon(2-3/8" OD x 4-3/4" min. length). Wiring and internal ground lug accessible through hand hole.

PAD/WALL MOUNT (PWM)2" (51mm) pipe size aluminum tenon welded to a cast aluminum plate. Plate has four 1/2" (13mm) dia. mounting holes, and plate has two 1/2" (13mm) N.P.T. for conduit entry. Powder finish. Wall mount is single fixture only. Pad mount may use multiple mounting.

FLOODLIGHTING BRACKETS FBO-5 For installations not requiring horizontal fixture adjustment. Horizontally mounted 2" (51mm) x 4-3/4" (120mm) pipe size tenon welded to a steel plate and secured by two bolts. FBO-18 For installations requiring horizontal fixture adjustment. Vertically mounted 2" (51mm) x 17-1/2" (445mm) pipe size tenon welded to a steel plate and secured by two bolts.

POLE PREPARATION - Pole preparation “SF” or “DF”required when ordering FBO-5 or FBO-18 brackets. Note: FBO-5 and FBO-18 brackets can be ordered for round or square steel poles.

TENON MOUNT BRACKET (PTB):For installations requiring full horizontal fixture adjustment. Vertically mounted 2" (51mm) pipe size steel tenons welded to 2" (51mm) x 4" (102mm) steel arms, with removable end caps for wiring access. Arms are welded to a round slipfitter, compatible with stanchions or poles with 2" (51mm) pipe size tenons (2-3/8" O.D. x 4-3/4" min. length). Slipfitters are secured by 6 stainless steel set screws and one zinc plated through bolt.

50o

360o

140o

Catalog Number Est. Weight(kg/lbs.)

Length(mm/in.)

Width(mm/in.)

Height(mm/in.)

DRM 27/59 546/21.5 337/13.25 603/23.75

ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL MOUNTING ARM - Two-piece cast aluminum ratcheting swivel design with external splice compartment supplied with aluminum access cover. Access cover permits field wiring while fixture is in position on pole or bracket. Internal toothed ratcheting system provides positive locking in a range of 190° with adjustment in increments of 5°. Swivel mounting arm accepts standard 2-3/8” O.D. x 4-3/4” minimum or 2-7/8” O.D. x 4-3/4” minimum tenon and is secured by four recessed allen set screws (through bolt optional by others). Swivel adjustment is made by concealed hex head pivot bolt. Mounting arm is internally and externally sealed by gasketing.

BRACKETS - Stanchion Mounts, Pad/Wall Mounts, or PTBs may be ordered with Doral Medium fixtures.




wet location

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

132

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

DORAL® - MEDIUM (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.) ARCHITECTURAL FLOOD



Catalog #

DORAL® - MEDIUM




LampWattage



LineVoltage


480MT – Multi Tap

TT - Tri-Tap



PSMU – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Universal 250 Watt PSMUR – Pulse-Start Metal Halide Reduced Envelope Universal 400 Watt HPS – High Pressure Sodium 250, 400 Watt

250400

HF – Horizontal FloodMF – Medium FloodVF – Vertical FloodSP – Spot

DRM2 – DoralMedium

PCI120 – Button-Type PhotocellPCI208 – Button-Type Photocell 1PCI240 – Button-Type Photocell 1PCI277 – Button-Type Photocell 1PCI347 – Button-Type PhotocellSQT - Standby Quartz (Time Delay) 2

SQN - Standby Quartz (Non-Time Delay) 2LL – Less Lamp

DRM2 VF 400 HPS F MT BLK PCI120

TYPICAL ORDER EXAMPLE: BKA DRM2 SMT 23 BLK

Lens


None23"6"

5"18"

48"48"72"

SMT – Stanchion Mount TenonPWM – Pad/Wall Mount

FBO – Flood Bolt-on

PTB-12 – Pole Top BracketPTB-13 – Pole Top BracketPTB-14 – Pole Top Bracket

DRM2 – DoralMedium

—


BKS – Bracket Steel 0.10.6

1.81.82.5

Consult Factory for International Voltages

and Light Sources

FOOTNOTES:1- Photocells on 208V, 240V and 277V fixtures are wired for 277V operation. 208V or 240V photocells will require field re-wiring. 2- SQN and SQT options available with HF or VF distribution only.


DesignationBracket

TypeBracket

ConfigurationLength OptionsBracket Finish EPA Values*

BD – Barn Doors GS – Glare ShieldPS – Polycarbonate Shield (Clear only)LS – Louver Shield (Black only)

90849CLR90850CLR

9085290853+

FK120++FK277++

DFK208,240++DFK480++FK347++

FK120 - Single FusingFK277 - Single FusingDFK208,240 - Double FusingDFK480 - Double FusingFK347 - Single Fusing++ Fusing to be installed in a compatible junction box (supplied by contractor), pole or stanchion mounting bracket.

Notes: PTB brackets slipfit 2-3/8" OD tenon. FBO brackets are available on steel round and square poles. FBO brackets require pole preparation and must be ordered with “SF” or “DF” pole option.

*The bracket EPA should be added to the fixture EPA when selecting the proper pole.

BARN DOORS (BD)- Extruded aluminum doors with anti-reflection baffles. Each door hinged with a stainless steel clip – locks by a mounting screw. Doors are individually removable. Assembly mounts to die-cast door frame holes. Caution: Not recommended for ground-mounted fixtures in vandal-prone areas. Available in standard finishes.

GLARE SHIELD (GS)- Formed 1/16" thick aluminum. Mounts to cast door frame holes and may be used with Polycarbonate Shield option.

POLYCARBONATE SHIELD (PS) - 1/8" clear convex, U.V. stabilized, formed polycarbonate. Mounts to cast door frame holes. May be used with Glare Shield. Caution: Use only when vandalism is anticipated. Useful life is limited by U.V. discoloration from sunlight,HPS or MH lamps.

LOUVER SHIELD (LS) - Formed 1/16" thick aluminum with black finish. Mounts to cast door frame holes. Provides glare control. Available on Medium Flood and Spot distribution only.

+Available on Medium Flood and Spot distributions only.




AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

DORAL® - MEDIUM ARCHITECTURAL FLOOD

133



Catalog #

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

134

HID

OU

TD

OO

RIn

gro

un

d/U

plig

ht/

Acc

ent


LSI GREENLEE RDB/RDS SERIES INGROUND UPLIGHT

RDB Lamp Types: Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Incandescent, Low-Voltage, and Compact Fluorescent

Housing: Compression molded, fiber-reinforced polymer housing provides high strength and UV stability. Warranted against corrosion for five years.

Finish: Housing and standard slip-resistant composite lens retainer is black. Optional aluminum accessories are available in Black or Clear polyester powder coat. Brass accessories have a natural, as cast finish.

Fasteners: All exposed fasteners are captive, black oxide coated, stainless steel.

Lampholder: Matched to lamp/optics. Medium base is glazed porcelain, 4KV pulse rated, with spring center contact. Double ended HID are 5KV pulse rated with silver plated contacts. Compact fluorescent are molded thermoplastic. LV Bi-pin are high temperature ceramic. GX10 twist-lock ceramic sockets for CMH MR16 lamps.

Lens/Retainer: Tempered, heat resistant glass available with low-iron formulation or optional slip resistant etched pattern. Cast brass and aluminum lens retainers are available in place of standard composite ring.

Optics/Aiming: Flood and Spot optics

For RDB - RTL is restricted to 100W max. and cannot be used with AWW or SWW optics.

Internal Non-Directional Louver (INL) Internal Directional Louver (IDL) Stainless Steel Rock Guard (RGS)RGS is Black Oxide Coated

RDB Accessories (only)

RDB Options (only)

wet location

with variable beams spreads are available. Precise beam spread, tilt, and rotation can all be locked into place. Max reflector tilt is 15° in RDS, and 25° in RDB. Spot optics come standard with Internal Source Shields for glare control. Wall Wash optics have integral glare control devices. Reflector lamps from MR16 (RDS) through PAR38 (RDB) can be accommodated.

Power Pack: Standard HID PPK is magnetic, high power factor, -20°F starting, with a Class H, 180°C insulation system. Ballast and thermal protector are encapsulated in silica resin for heat control. PPK assembly has handle/finger holes for easy installation and service. Dissimilar quick connectors ensure error free assembly. Molded-in compartments (in housing) separate capacitor and ignitor from ballast heat. Fluorescent ballast is electronic, universal 120-277V 50/60HZ, rated for 0°F starting. Electronic ballasts for most metal halide lamps are an available option. Seal Pack and waterproof wire connectors are included to provide for a high quality installation.

DIMENSIONS

RDB OPTICS

13 DIA.330mm 14.00

355mm17.00

431mm

.8421mm

3/4-14 NPT(2X)

3.2181mm

*

360º

360º

95o

30o - 80o

360º

10o

360º

10o - 45o

360º

*

360º

SWWCMH 39, 70, 150,T6

* Wall Wash

FLFMH 50, 70, 100, 150HPS 50, 70, 100, 150Tilt up to 25º

FLVMH 50, 70, 100, 150HPS 50, 70, 100, 150Tilt up to 25º

SPF-Fixed SpotMH 50, 70, 100, 150Tilt up to 25º

SPV-Variable SpotMH 50, 70, 100, 150HPS 50, 70, 100, 150Tilt up to 25º

RFL/PAR38MH 39, 70,100*Depends on Lamp

Tilt up to 25

Slip Resistant Lens SRL



Catalog #


AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

wet location

RDS Accessory (only)

135

LSI GREENLEE RDB/RDS SERIES

Domed Directional MarkerDMB-Shown

DMA-CPP AvailableDMA-BLK Available

Wall Wash Lens Standard w/AWW Optics

Slip Resistant Lens SRL

Stainless Steel Rock Guard RGS-Shown

LSI GREENLEE’s RDB/RDS family of round corrosion proof composite inground uplights provides these extra value features:

• RTL technology significantly reduces lens temperatures

• Variable Beam Spread Optics

• Rough-in housing RIH (with lens and retainer) can be shipped ahead for installation in concrete.

• Drive-over capability, up to 3,000-pound vehicle weight

• Power Pack with Quick Connectors

RDS Options (only)

RDS

• Interchangeable Optic Assemblies with Quick Connectors

• Seal Pack kit provided to seal junction box for a high quality installation

• Waterproof wire connectors provided for trouble-free operation

• Anti-Siphon Barrier

• Tempered Low Iron Glass Lens

RDS OPTICS

*

360º

360º

90o

36o - 110o

360º

15o

360º

15o - 90o

360º

*

360º

AWWCMH 39, 70MH 50, 70, 100HPS 50, 70, 100* Wall Wash

FLFMH 50, 70, 100HPS 50, 70, 100Tilt up to 15º

FLVMH 50, 70, 100HPS 50, 70, 100Tilt up to 15º

SPFMH 50, 70, 100HPS 50, 70, 100Tilt up to 15º

SPVMH 50, 70, 100HPS 50, 70, 100Tilt up to 15º

RFLMR16MH 20, 39, 70,100PAR*Depends on Lamp

Tilt up to 15º

For RDS - RTL is restricted to 70W max. and cannot be used with AWW optics.

1.688”(43mm)

3/4-14 NPSTHREADS (2X) .89”

(23mm)

1.994”(51mm)

13.64”(347mm)

6.43”0(163mm)

7.21”0(183mm)

9.18”0(233mm)

2.125”(54mm)

13.5”(343mm)

9.25”0(235mm)

6.78”0(172mm)

DIMENSIONS

INGROUND UPLIGHT



Catalog #

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

136

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

LSI GREENLEE RDB/RDS ORDER SPECIFICATIONS

Use of RTL, color filters, louvers, or other accessories that block light Lowers Maximum Wattage rating. Consult catalog, web site or factory for details.

RFL – Up to 150W PAR38 or 75W PAR30AWW-Up to 150W T-10 Halogen

RDS Marker

RDS Uplight

50MH

26, 32, 42 CFL

39, 50, 70, 100

35, 50, 70, 100

26, 32,42 CFL

LV

INC Up to 150W

PAR38 lamp or T-10 Halogen Lamp

DMA – Domed Directional Marker - AluminumDMB – Domed Directional Marker - Brass

Optics for Medium Base E-17 LampsFLV – Variable Flood 36°– 110°SPV – Variable Spot 15°– 90°AWW – Asymmetric Wall Wash OpticsFLF – Fixed Flood Reflector 90°SPF – Fixed Spot Reflector 15° Self Reflectorized Lamp OpticsRFL – Up to 100W MH PAR38 or 39, 70W MH PAR30Optics for T6 CMH lamps with G12 Bi-Pin BaseFLVG12 – Variable Flood 30° – 90°3

SPVG12 – Variable Spot 18° – 60°3

120208240277UE2

UE2

LV

120

CFF – Compact Fluorescent Flood

20, 39 MH UE2

MR16S - Single MR16 up to 65 wattsMR16D - Dual MR16's up to 50 watts each

MR16S - Single MR16 up to 39 wattsMR16D - Dual MR16's up to 39 watts each

120208240277

RDB 39, 50, 70,100, 150 MH

501, 70,100, 150 HPS

26, 32,42 CFL

INC

Series Wattage/Lamp Type Optics OptionsVoltage

120208240277

120

UE2

PAR38:Medium Base/Up to 250 wattAWW– Up to 150 watt T-10 halogen

CFF Compact Fluorescent Flood

Optics for Medium Base E-17 LampsFLV – Variable Flood 30°– 80°SPV – Variable Spot 10°– 45°AWW – Asymmetric Wall Wash Optics (for E-17 lamps)FLF – Fixed Flood Reflector 95°SPF – Fixed Spot Reflector 10° Optics for T6 CMH Lamps w/G12 bi-pin baseSWW – Superior Wall Wash Optics (for T-6 lamps)FLVG12 – Variable Flood 30°– 80°3

SPVG12 – Variable Spot 10°– 45°3 Self Reflectorized Lamp OpticsPAR38: Med Base PAR38 Lamps MH 70, 100, 150

Accessories

Accessories

Options

Options

MH

HPS1

ALR – Aluminum Lens Retainer- Specify Color4

BLR – Brass Lens RetainerLL – Less LampRGA – Rock Guard Aluminum – Specify Color4

RGB – Rock Guard BrassSCE – Side Conduit Entry (two additional, 3/4-14 only)SRL – Slip Resistant LensDSA – Directional Shield Aluminum – Specify Color4

DSB – Directional Shield Brass

CFX – Color Filters5

IDL – Internal Directional LouverRGS – Stainless Steel Rock Guard6

RTL – Reduced Temperature Lens5

SST– Stainless Steel TrimTDF – Tie Down FastenersTR – Tamper Resistant Fasteners – order TR key separatelyTRKEY – Key for TR fasteners

180 - 180o House Side Sheild

ALR – Aluminum Lens Retainer–Specify Color4

BLR – Brass Lens RetainerLL – Less LampRGA – Rock Guard Aluminum –Specify Color4

RGB – Rock Guard BrassSCE – Side Conduit Entry (two additional, 3/4-14 only)SRL – Slip Resistant LensDSA – Directional Shield Aluminum–Specify Color4

DSB – Directional Shield Brass

CFX – Color Filters5

HL – Internal Hexcell LouverRGS – Stainless Steel Rock GuardRTL – Reduced Temperature Lens5

SST – Stainless Steel TrimTDF – Tie Down FastenersTR – Tamper Resistant Fasteners – order TR key separatelyTR Key – Key for TR FastenersINL - Internal Louver7

TYPICAL ORDER EXAMPLE: RDB 100MH 120 FLV IDL

FOOTNOTES:1- Available in 120 V or 277 V only; 35 Watt HPS is available in 120V only.2- Universal Electronic 120-277V 50 or 60 HZ Ballast.3- FLVG12 and SPVG12 Optics are designed for use with T-6 Ceramic Metal Halide lamps with G12

bases. Available in 39 and 70 watts only in RDS and up to 150 MH in RDB.

4- Aluminum and Brass Lens Retainer, Rock Guard, and Directional Shield are available with CPP - Clear or BLK- Black Polyester Powder Coat.

5- Restricted use item. Consult web site or factory for details.6- RGS is black oxide coated.7- Not used with SPV 612.




Catalog #

AC

CE

NT

& F

LO

OD

HID

OU

TD

OO

R

137

LSI GREENLEE RDB/RDS INSTALLATION

Concrete

Install fixtureflush with concrete,marble, or pavers

Trim ring(optional)

Marble or pavers

In Marble/PaversIn Concrete

Rebar(by others)

Bolt/nuts(by others)

Pour concrete to anchor rebar

Rigid PVC Conduit(by others)

Use thread sealantto prevent leakage

1/4" perforatedstrap (by others)Back fill hole

w/ sand or gravel

Install fixture slightly above grade

Flexible Conduit(by others)

Tie down screwkitP/N 33750005

In Low Marshy Areas

In Soil

• Follow complete installation instructions packaged with each luminaire (also available on our web site)• Use flexible PVC conduit and apply thread sealant to all conduit fittings• Connect supply and fixture wires with silicone filled connectors (supplied) • Seal conduit entries (around wires - from inside j-box) using mastic in Seal Pack• Encapsulate conduit entries and wires with potting compound supplied in Seal Pack• Install junction box cover and properly tighten all fasteners• Install Power Pack – PPK, Access Barrier Plate, and Optics as instructed• Clean lens gasket and gasket seating surface (fixture flange) • Install lens, lens retainer (or replacement accessory), and fasteners• Using an alternating torque sequence, tighten fasteners until lens frame seats against housing.



Catalog #

HOUSING - Rectangular shaped, multi-radiused, one-piece, die-cast aluminum with cast mounting arm. All hardware is stainless steel or electro-zinc plated steel.

DOOR FRAME - One-piece, die-cast aluminum door frame secures to the housing with two internal hinges. Two stainless steel captive door fasteners allow easy access. A one-piece extruded silicone gasket seals the door frame against the housing. The standard housing/door seal design prevents external contaminants from entering, resulting in an IP65 rating.

LENS/GASKET - A one-piece extruded EPDM gasket seals the tempered flat clear glass lens to the die-formed aluminum door frame.


LIGHT SOURCES - 1000 W Metal Halide, BT-37; 875W and 750W Pulse-Start Metal Halide BT-37.

BALLASTS - High-power factor CWA type ballast. All ballasts are designed for -20°F (-29°C) operation, and are mounted to the housing reinforcing plate. Lamp ignitor included where required.

AEROSYSTEM® (Various reflectors are protected by U.S. Patent No. 6,464,378.)

DIMENSIONS

(165mm)6-1/2"

(305mm)12"

(89mm)3-1/2"

(711mm)28"

(508mm)20"(64mm)

2 1/2"

(60mm)2-3/8"

SHIPPING WEIGHTS/CARTON DIMENSIONS - Aerosystem (fixture only)Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Length (mm/in.) Width (mm/in.) Height (mm/in.)

39/86 876/34.5 603 / 23.75 464/18.25

LUMINAIRE EPA CHART - Aerosystem (Fixture and Bracket)


Single

D180°

D70°

Q90°

ARO

3.8

7.2

6.8

12.7

*includes upsweep brackets

REFLECTORS/DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS - The high performance reflectors consist of a combination of specular and hammertone aluminum. The Forward Throw (FT) reflector provides uniform distribution with sharp backlight cutoff. Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

MOUNTING HARDWARE - The fixture is furnished with installed stainless steel, threaded mounting studs protruding from the rear of the housing.





wet locationIP65

SP

OR

TS

138

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

AEROSYSTEM®



Lamp Wattage Finish


Light SourceLine

Voltage

MT - Multi-Tap2

480220/240V 50HZ3

BLK - BlackGRN - GreenBRZ - Bronze

PLP - Platinum PlusBUF - Buff

WHT - WhiteGPT - Graphite

MSV - Metallic Silver

F - Flat Clear Tempered Glass1000875750

MH – Metal Halide 1000 WattPSMH – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 750, 875 Watt

FT - Forward Throw3 - Type III1

ARO

ARO FT 1000 MH F MT BLK

Lens



HSS - House Side Shield4 143587BLK+

FOOTNOTES:1 - The Type III (3) reflector is supplied on fixtures for the Quad 90 assembly only2 - MT – Multi Tap consists of 120V, 208V, 240V and 277V and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate

voltages will require field adjustment.3 - For international applications where 50hz power is standard (e.g. Europe & Asia). 4 - Under normal use, fixture produces acceptable light cutoff. For highly sensitive applications, the

optional external rear cutoff shield is available.

+Black only

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1000W 875W 750W120V 9.2 amps 7.8 amps 6.8 amps208V 5.3 amps 4.5 amps 3.9 amps240V 4.6 amps 3.9 amps 3.4 amps277V 4 amps 3.4 amps 2.9 amps347V 3.1 amps 2.7 amps 2.3 amps480V 2.3 amps 2 amps 1.7 amps

TYPE FT Forward Throw House Side Sheild(143587BLK)

5-3/8”

8-7/8”

SP

OR

TSH

ID O

UT

DO

OR

139



Catalog #

COURTSIDER® XL

HOUSING - The housing is one-piece, formed aluminum, rectangular in shape with square corners. Corners are welded and finished to produce a clean, sharp appearance while increasing housing strength and ensuring weather-tight construction.

DOOR FRAME – Recessed aluminum door frame with two captive stainless steel fasteners to provide secure closure. The door frame features a one-piece continuous gasket for maximum sealing to the housing.

LENS / GASKET – The clear, flat, tempered glass lens is sealed to the door frame with EPDM gasketing.

SOCKET – Porcelain mogul-base socket with spring reinforced contacts. Sockets are pulse-rated.

LIGHT SOURCES – The 1000W Metal Halide lamp utilizes the standard clear BT-56 envelope. The 875W and 750W Pulse-Start Metal Halide lamps utilize the reduced clear BT-37 envelope.

BALLAST – High-power factor CWA type ballast. All ballasts are designed for -20°F (-29°C) operation, and are mounted to the housing reinforcing plate. Lamp ignitor included where required.

REFLECTOR – The high performance reflector consists of a combination of specular and hammertone aluminum. The reflector provides uniform Forward Throw (FT) distribution with sharp backlight cutoff. An integral lamp grip device is provided to insure proper lamp positioning. Photometric data is tested in accordance with IESNA guidelines.

FINISHES – Each fixture is finished with LSI’s DuraGrip® Polyester powder finishing process. The DuraGrip finish withstands extreme weather changes without cracking or peeling, and is guaranteed for five full years. Standard colors include black, green, bronze, platinum plus, metallic silver, buff, white, and graphite.

MOUNTING HARDWARE – The fixture is furnished with installed stainless steel, threaded mounting studs protruding from the rear of the housing. Stainless steel nuts and washers used to secure the fixture to the bracket are also included.

DIMENSIONS

SHIPPING WEIGHTS - Courtsider XL

LUMINAIRE EPA* CHART - Courtsider XL


Catalog Number Est. Weight (kg/lbs.) Length (mm/in.) Width (mm/in.) Height (mm/in.)CXL 27 / 59 775 / 30.5 565 / 22.25 451 / 17.75

B

A

C

737mm / 29" 254mm / 10" 533mm / 21"

A B C

CXL

Single

D180°

D70°

Q90°

CXL

4.8

9.7

8.0

16.4

*includes upsweep brackets


wet location

SP

OR

TS

140

HID

OU

TD

OO

R



Catalog #

COURTSIDER® XL



Lamp Wattage Finish


Light SourceLine

Voltage

MT - Multi-Tap2

480220/240V 50HZ3

BLK - BlackGRN - GreenBRZ - Bronze

PLP - Platinum PlusBUF - Buff

WHT - WhiteGPT - Graphite

MSV - Metallic Silver

F - Flat Clear Tempered Glass1000875750

MH – Metal Halide 1000 WattPSMH – Pulse-Start Metal Halide 750, 875 Watt

FT - Forward Throw3 - Type III1

CXLS

CXLS FT 1000 MH F MT BLK

Lens


House Side Shield (HSS)

Order Number(Accessories are field installed)

HSS - House Side Shield4 122521BLK+

FOOTNOTES:1 - The Type III (3) reflector is supplied on fixtures for the Quad 90 assembly only2 - MT – Multi Tap consists of 120V, 208V, 240V and 277V and is prepared for highest voltage. Alternate


3 - For international applications where 50hz power is standard (e.g. Europe & Asia). 4 - Under normal use, the Courtsider XL fixture produces acceptable light cutoff. For highly

sensitive applications, the optional external rear cutoff shield is available.

+Black only

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1000W 875W 750W120V 9.2 amps 7.8 amps 6.8 amps208V 5.3 amps 4.5 amps 3.9 amps240V 4.6 amps 3.9 amps 3.4 amps277V 4 amps 3.4 amps 2.9 amps347V 3.1 amps 2.7 amps 2.3 amps480V 2.3 amps 2 amps 1.7 amps

SP

OR

TSH

ID O

UT

DO

OR

141



Catalog #142

RE

TAIL

/IN

DU

ST

RIA

LF

LU

OR

ES

CE

NT

IN

DO

OR

LINEAR FLUORESCENT HIGH BAYPMX

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

• High efficiency T5 & T8 lamps for significant energy savings over HID high bays.

* Unit may be pendant, chain, or surface mounted.

* Hub mounting option allows single-point mount for direct replacement of HID High Bays.

* Minimum fixture weight - less load on building structure.

* Available in 4’, and 8’ lengths.

CONSTRUCTION - Fixture housing, end sections, and lampholders of code gauge die formed steel, standard reflector of code gauge die formed aluminum, MIRO 4 finish.

ELECTRICAL - All devices UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations. Damp location emergency pack must be specified separately. Ballasts are energy saving, solid-state electronic. Ballasts and lampholders replaceable without removing from ceiling. Discrete voltage must be specified for emergency pack options when wired with flex. Where lamps are included as part of the fixture, lamp CRI and color temperature must be specified.

FINISH - All reflective surfaces are finished with high reflectance, lighting fixture white polyester powder after fabrication.


PMX 34 68

SS5HO T5 HO Programmed Start SSO10 - T8 <10% THD Instant Start SSOD - T8 Dimming (specify type) SSOL - T8 Low Watt SSOHL - T8 High Ballast Factor SSOHLR - T8 Program Start High Ballast Factor SSOR - T8 Programmed Start

(For dual ballasts add “2”. Example: SSO2)

120 - 120V277 - 277V347 - 347V480 - 480V


(120-277V)

Note: Add -2 fortandem units

32 - 32W 48" T854 - 54W 45" T5HO

F - FusingEM - Emergency Pack (small can only)EMDL - Emergency Pack Damp LocationOCS - Occupancy Sensor (specify type)¹JP - Job PackWHT - White ReflectorHUB - Hub Mounting Hardware 3/4" NPSU - Uplight Reflector (Approx 5%)LM - Lamps installed (specify type)CEE - CEE Aproved Components InstalledCNP - Cord No Plug (Specify Cord Length i.e. 6CNP 6FT)CLP - Cord W/Twistlock Plug (Specify Cord Length and NEMA Style Plug; i.e. 6CL715P 6FT 277V)

Ballasts Options VoltageLamp Type Lamps Prefix

PMX-APMX-C

PMX-A-8LPMX-C-8LWGPMX

WGDPMX



PMX 4 54 SS5HO EM UE


Prismatic Acrylic Lens Door Assembly (3-6 Lamp) Clear Acrylic Lens Door Assembly (3-6 Lamp) Prismatic Acrylic Lens Door Assembly (8 Lamp) Clear Acrylic Lens Door Assembly (8 Lamp) Wire Guard (3-6 Lamp) Wire Guard Door (3-6 Lamp)

Description Order NumberWGPMX-8L

WGDPMX-8LCHS IMX

LCHTCH

Wire Guard (8 Lamp) Wire Guard Door (8 Lamp) V Hook Chain Set (Specify Chain Length 3 or 5 FT) Loop Cable Hanger (Specify Cable Length 10 or 20 FT) Toggle Cable Hanger (Specify Cable length 10 or 20 FT)


FOOTNOTES:1 - Can only be used with Programmed Start ballast.

5”(126 mm)

22 - 1/2”(572 mm)

4-3/4”(121mm)

15-11/16” x 48”(398mm x 1219mm)

3, 4 & 6 Lamp

8 Lamp



Catalog # 143

FL

UO

RE

SC

EN

T IN

DO

OR

RE

TAIL

/IN

DU

ST

RIA

L


SPECIFICATIONS

• High efficiency T5 lamps for significant energy savings over HID high bays.

• Designed to replace 250 through 750 Watt MH fixtures.

• Unit may be pendant, chain, aircraft

• Monopoint mounting option (MMS) allows single-point mount for direct replacement of HID High Bays.

• Shallow fixture depth


CONSTRUCTION - Fixture housing, end sections, and lampholders of code gauge die formed steel, standard reflector of code gauge die formed aluminum, MIRO 4 finish.

NARROW AISLE HIGH BAY - IMXNB/IMXNBW

ELECTRICAL - All devices UL/CUL listed. Suitable for damp locations. Damp location emergency pack must be specified separately. Ballasts are energy-saving, HPF, CBM, Class P electronic. Ballasts and lampholders replaceable without removing from ceiling. Discrete voltage must be specified for emergency pack options when wired with flex. Where lamps are included as part of the fixture, lamp CRI and color temperature must be specified.

FINISH - All steel parts are finished with high reflectance, white polyester powder.

BALLAST - Comply with Class P HPF, Non PLB. Sound rated A.

MOUNTING - Aircraft Cable, Chain, Pendant Mount, or Surface Mount.

LAMPS - Factory installed lamps are available in various CRI, Kelvin temperatures, and rated life. Specify type when ordering.


4 Lamp

23" x 46 1/2" (584 mm x 1181 mm)

6 Lamp

34-1/2" (876 mm)

3 3/4"

4-1/2"

(95 mm)

(114 mm)

Ballasts Options Mounting Options VoltageLamp Type

4

6

SS5HO - T5HOSS5HOD - T5HO Dimming (specify type)

Lamps

IMXNB

IMXNBW

Prefix

54 - 54W 46” T5 HO F - FusingEM - Emergency PackEMDL - Emergency Pack Damp LocationOCS - Occupancy Sensor1*

WHT - White ReflectorLM - Lamps Installed (specify type)

*(See Fluorescent Highbay Accessories for more options)

For Cable and Chain Suspention Kits, seeFluorescent Highbay Accessories PagesMMS - Monopoint Mounting System2

CEE - CEE Approved Components installed

WGXNBWGXNBW

PAXNBPAXNBW



IMXNBW 6 54 SS5HO EM MMS UE

120 - 120V277 - 277V347 - 347V


(120-277V)


Wire Guard 4 Lamp 6 LampClear Acrylic Lens Door Assembly 4 Lamp 6 Lamp*SEE FLUORESCENT HIGHBAY ACCESSORIES PAGE


FOOTNOTES:1 - Can only be used with Programmed Start ballast.2- The MMS option will include two auxillary toggle cable hangers (TCH20) when ordered with the 6-lamp version for additional support.

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

• Warranty

• Terms & Conditions

APPEND

IX

AP

PE

ND

IX


BNEDOCS LSI Hamilton Lighting Systems PTD LTD - Terms of Trade

LSI -HAMILTON LIGHTING SYSTEMS TERMS OF TRADE

1. INTERPRETATION

1.1 In these Conditions:

“Company” means LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems ABN 62 338716248.

“Customer” means the purchaser of any Goods from the Company.

“Contract” means the contract for the sale and purchase of the Goods evidenced by acceptance of an order from the Customer by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the acceptance of a Customer’s order by the Company will be done on the basis of these Conditions only. Any such acceptance by the Company of a Customer’s purchase order (that contains terms and conditions that vary from these Conditions) shall not be construed by the Customer as acceptance by the Company of any such variations.

“Goods” means any products purchased by the Customer from the Company from time to time.

‘Conditions” includes the terms and conditions contained herein and any conditions set out in a Quote supplied by the Company to the Customer, but excludes any variations whatsoever stipulated in a Customer’s purchase order accepted by the Company.

“Law” means any Commonwealth or Australian state legislation and regulations and the general law and includes in particular the Commonwealth Competition and Consumer Act 2010 and regulations as amended from time to time and the Commonwealth Personal Property Securities Act 2009 and regulations as amended from time to time.

“PPSA” means Personal Property Securities Act 2009.

“Purchase Monies Securities Interest” or “PMSI” has the meaning given in section 14 of the PPSA as amended from time to time.

1.2 Nothing in these Conditions shall be read or applied so as to exclude, restrict or modify or have the effect of

excluding, restricting or modifying any conditions, warranty, guarantee, right or remedy implied by law (including the Trade Practices Act 1974) except to the extent permitted by law.

2. APPLICATION

2.1 By submitting a credit application and/or ordering goods from the Company, the Customer agrees that these

Conditions shall apply to the supply of Goods and the Customer shall be deemed to have read and have agreed to these Conditions prior to the placing of any order for the Goods.

2.2 These Conditions create a security interest in favour of the Company for the purposes of the Personal Property

Securities Act 2009.

2.3 These Conditions shall prevail over any inconsistent conditions set out in the Customer’s purchase order, unless the Company expressly agrees otherwise in writing.

2.4 The Company reserves the right to vary, add or substitute these Conditions from time to time and any such changes

to these Conditions shall have effect from the date of publication of such changes to its customers.

2.5 No promise, representation or undertaking in relation to these Conditions shall bind the company unless the Company expressly agrees otherwise in writing.

3. SHORTAGES AND TRANSIT DAMAGE ETC

The Customer waives any claim for shortage of any Goods delivered, for any damage caused to the Goods while in transit to the Customer or for failure to supply Goods conforming to the Customer’s order if a claim in respect thereof has not been lodged with the Company within seven (7) days from the date of receipt of the Goods by the Customer.

4. SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS ETC

4.1 All specifications, drawings, data and particulars regarding the Goods stated by the Company are approximate only

and any deviation shall not form grounds for any claim against the Company. The descriptions, illustrations and performances contained in catalogues, price lists and other advertising matter do not form part of the Contract. Furthermore, any project and or lighting designs and or drawings and or specifications produced by the Company are

AP

PE

ND

IX

© 2014 LSI INDUSTRIES INC.BNEDOCS LSI Hamilton Lighting Systems PTD LTD - Terms of Trade

only supplied to the Customer as a guide and for information purposes only and should not be relied upon in any way, unless expressly agreed to by the Company.

4.2 Where specifications, drawings or other particulars are supplied by the Customer, the Company’s price is based on

estimations of quantities required. Should there be any adjustments in quantities above or below the quantities ordered by the Customer and set out in a quotation, then any such increase or decrease shall be adjusted on a unit rate basis according to unit price set out on this Invoice.

5. PERFORMANCE

Any performance figures given by the Company in relation to the Goods are estimates only. The Company shall be under no liability to the Customer for failure to attain such figures unless the Performance of the Goods is specially guaranteed in writing and any such written guarantee shall be subject to recognised manufacturing variations and tolerances applicable to the Goods.

6. DELIVERY OF GOODS

6.1 Any delivery times advised by the Company to the Customer are estimates only and the Company shall not be liable

to the Customer or any other person for late delivery or non-delivery.

6.2 No delay in delivery or dispatch of the Goods shall relieve the Customer of its obligations to accept or pay for the Goods.

6.3 The Company reserves the right to deliver by portion, and delivery by portion shall not entitle the Customer to

repudiate the Contract.

6.4 Delivery will be taken to have occurred when the Goods are off-loaded at the Customer’s premises or (where Goods are collected from the Company) upon collection by the Customer or their agent.

7. RISK

All Goods shall be at risk of the Customer after delivery.

8. WARRANTY

The Company warrants that lighting control gear supplied by LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems will be free of manufacturing defects and will perform to LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems’ specifications subject to the terms and conditions set out in clauses 8.1 – 8.6.

8.1 Extent of Warranty – This warranty extends only to the owner of the property in which the lighting control gear is

installed (“Owner”) for the duration of the warranty Period.

8.2 Warranty Period – This warranty commences on the date of the installation of the lighting control gear and continues for the benefit of the Owner for a period of one (1) year from the date of installation (“Warranty Period”), unless otherwise specified in writing by the Company.

8.3 Nature and Ambit of Warranty – If within the Warranty Period either a manufacturing defect is discovered in a

lighting control gear or a lighting control gear fails to perform to LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems’ specifications as a result of some defect in material or workmanship to LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems part (“Defect”), then LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems will, at its option, either repair the lighting control gear at no cost to the Owner or supply a replacement lighting control gear on a F.I.S. basis. For the avoidance of doubt – this is a ‘parts only’ warranty.

8.4 Warranty Limitations-

(a) This warranty will not apply and, subject to paragraphs 8.4(c) and (d), LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems will

be under no liability whatsoever if the lighting control gear:-

AP

PE

ND

IX


(i) has not been installed by a qualified tradesperson; or

(ii) has been subject to misuse, neglect, negligence or accident; or

(iii) has been operated in any way contrary to any operating or maintenance instruction; or

(iv) has been improperly handled, installed or maintained; or

(v) has been altered or modified.

(b) This warranty does not cover any lamps, tubes, starters, control gear, or other components of lighting

control gear that are subject to manufacturers’ guarantees.

(c) To the extent that the law permits or allows, LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems to exclude or limit its liability, LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems under this warranty;

(i) accepts no responsibility for loss or damage (including consequential or special loss or damage)

howsoever caused (whether by negligence or otherwise) which may be suffered or incurred or arise directly or indirectly in respect of any Defect; and

(ii) where warranties or conditions are implied by law, limits its liability to repair or replacement of the

lighting control gear.

(d) To the extent that the law permits or allows LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems to exclude or limit its liability;

(i) LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems undertaking set out in clause 8.4 sub-paragraph (c) is the sole extent of LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems liability in respect of any Defect in a lighting control gear; and

(ii) Except as expressly provided in this warranty, all terms, conditions, warranties, undertakings,

inducements and representations, whether express or implied, statutory or otherwise, are excluded.

8.5 The Company shall not be liable for and the Customer releases the Company from any Claims in respect of faulty or

defective design of Goods supplied unless such design has been wholly prepared by the Company and the responsibility for any claim that has been specially accepted by the Company in writing. In any event the Company’s liability hereunder shall be strictly limited to the replacement of defective parts in accordance with these Conditions.

8.6 Subject to these Conditions, all express and implied warranties, guarantees and Conditions under statute or general

law as to merchantability, description, quality, suitability or fitness of the Goods for any purpose or as to design, assembly, installation, materials or workmanship or otherwise are hereby expressly excluded and the Company shall not be liable for physical or financial injury, loss or damage or for consequential loss or damage or any kind arising out of the supply, layout, assembly, installation or operation of the Goods or arising out of the Company’s negligence or in any other way whatsoever.

8.7 The warranty of Poles does not apply to fatigue damage or failure resulting from induced vibration and/or harmonic vibration caused by movement of air currents around the product or by any other local condition

9. PAYMENT

9.1 The purchase price in relation to Goods shall be payable up front, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the

Company. Where the Company expressly agrees in writing to provide the Customer with payment terms, the payment of the purchase price for the Goods shall be made on or before the thirtieth (30th) day of the calendar month following the delivery of Goods, unless other terms of payment are expressly stated on any Invoice for the Goods. For the avoidance of doubt, any acceptance by the Company of a Customer’s purchase order (that stipulates different payment terms from the payment terms herein) shall not be deemed as acceptance of the payment terms stipulated on the Customer’s purchase order, and the Company’s payment terms herein shall prevail. All payments for Goods by the Customer shall be made in Australian currency.

9.2 Any fluctuations in the value of Australian currency from the date of the Invoice shall be the responsibility of the

Purchaser.

9.3 The Company reserves the right to charge interest at the rate of two percent (2%) per month on overdue accounts.

9.4 Any charges incurred by the Company in collecting or attempting to collect any overdue account (including the charges of a collection agency) shall be paid by the Customer on demand.

AP

PE

ND

IX


10. TITLE TO GOODS

10.1 The legal and equitable title to the Goods will not pass until the Customer has paid all monies owed to the Company on any account whatsoever. Payment shall not be taken to occur until all cheques tendered in discharge of sums owing to the Company have been presented and cleared in full.

10.2 The Company reserves its right to enter upon any premises for the purpose of repossessing the Goods and without

prejudice to any other rights of recovery available.

10.3 Until the Customer has paid all monies owed to the Company on any account whatsoever, the relationship of the Customer to the Company shall be as a fiduciary in respect of the Goods and accordingly:-

(a) The Customer shall store the Goods in such a way that they can be recognised as the property of the

Company;

(b) Upon re-sale of the Goods by the Customer, the Company shall have the right to trace the full proceeds of sale; and

(c) The Customer shall account forthwith to the Company for such proceeds of sale and the Company may

recover such proceeds of sale any monies then owing to the Company on any account whatsoever.

11. RETURN OF GOODS SOLD

11.1 The Company shall not be bound to accept Goods returned by the Customer.

11.2 The return of Goods specifically manufactured to the Customers order will not be accepted under any circumstances.

11.3 Catalogue items may be accepted for credit if returned within thirty (30) days from the date of delivery under cover of a ‘Goods Return Note’ issued by the Company, unused and in prime condition in their original packaging.

11.4 A handling fee of twenty five percent (25%) of the invoiced price of the Goods returned will be charged to the

Customer. The invoice number and delivery date of Goods returned must be supplied to the Company at the time of their return. Should the Company agree to the return of any Goods outside of 30 days from date of delivery, then the Company reserves the right to charge a handling fee in excess of 25% depending on the time and condition of Goods returned.

11.5 All Goods are to be returned at the Customer’s expense to the nearest LSI-Hamilton Lighting Systems office.

12. DEFAULT BY THE CUSTOMER

12.1 If the Customer makes default under these conditions or in any payment, commits any act of bankruptcy or enters

into liquidation whether voluntary or involuntary, the Company may at its discretion suspend deliveries or cancel any Contract so far as it remains unperformed without prejudice to its rights thereunder.

12.2 The occurrence of any such default shall in no way prejudice the rights of the Company to recover any amounts due

for Goods previously supplied to the Customer.

12.3 Where the Customer makes default under these Conditions or pursuant to this clause 12, all monies payable by the Customer to the Company may, at the Company’s election, become immediately payable notwithstanding the due date for payment shall not have expired.

12.4 Moreover, where the Customer makes default under these Conditions, or pursuant to this clause 12, the Company

may without prejudice to any other rights it may have, do any or all of the following:-

(a) Withdraw any credit facilities which may have been extended to the Customer;

(b) Withhold any further delivery of Goods;

(c) In respect of Goods already delivered, enter onto the premises to recover and resell the Goods for its own benefit;

(d) Recover from the Customer the cost of materials or Goods acquired for the purpose of future deliveries;

(e) Exercise such rights as are afforded to the supplier under PPSA; and

(f) Register a default with any credit reference facility.

AP

PE

ND

IX


13. GST

13.1 In this clause the expression “GST”, “input tax credit”, “tax invoice”, “recipient” and “taxable supply” have the meaning given to those expressions in the New Tax System, (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999.

13.2 With the exception of any amount payable under this clause 13, unless otherwise expressly stated, all amounts

stated to be payable by the Customer under these Conditions are exclusive of GST.

13.3 If GST is imposed on any supply made under or in accordance with these Conditions, the recipient of the taxable supply must pay the Company an additional amount equal to the GST payable on or for the taxable supply. Payment of the additional amount will be made at the same time as payment for the taxable supply is required to be made in accordance with this document, subject to the provision of a tax invoice.

14. FIT FOR PURPOSE

To the maximum extent permitted by the Law, the Customer agrees that it does not rely on the skill or judgement of the company in relation to the suitability of any Goods for a particular purpose. Any advice, recommendation, information or assistance provided by the Company is provided without any liability by the Company.

15. PERSONAL PROPERTY SECURITY ACT

15.1 The Customer agrees that these Conditions create a PMSI in the Goods (and their proceeds) supplied presently and

in the future by the Company to the Customer.

15.2 The Customer agrees to do all things necessary and execute all documents reasonably required to register the PMSI granted by the Customer under these Conditions and to ensure that the Company acquires a perfected security interest in the Goods under the PPSA.

15.3 The Customer will, upon demand, pay all of the Company’s expenses and legal costs (on a solicitor and own client

basis) in relation to or in connection with the registration of the Company’s security interest and all other costs associated with protection and enforcement of the Company’s security interest created by these Conditions or by undertaking an audit under the provisions of the PPSA, or the repossession of the Goods the subject of these Conditions or the exercise, enforcement or preservation of any right or interest under these Conditions or any contract that the Company has with the Customer.

15.4 This PMSI does not lose its priority as a result of the renewal, refinance, consolidation or restructure of the subject

matter of these Conditions and any purchase money obligations.

15.5 Until ownership of the Goods passes to the Customer, the Customer waives its rights under the following provisions of the PPSA, to the extent it is permitted by Law to:-

(a) receive a notice of intention of removal of an accession (s 95);

(b) receive a notice that the Company has determined to enforce its security interest in accordance with land

law (s118);

(c) receive a notice of enforcement action against liquid assets;

(d) receive a notice of disposal of Goods by the Company purchasing the Goods (s129);

(e) receive a notice to dispose of the Goods (s130);

(f) receive a statement of account following disposal of the Goods (s132(2)); (g)

receive a statement of account if no disposal of goods, 6 monthly (s152(4));

(h) receive a notice of any proposal by the Company to retain Goods (s135(2))

(i) object to any proposal by the Company to either retain or dispose of the Goods (s137(3);

(j) redeem the Goods (s142);

(k) reinstate the security agreement (s143); and

(l) receive a notice of any verification statement (s157(1) and s157(3)).

15.6 To the extent permitted by the PPSA, these Conditions exclude any provisions of the PPSA which may be excluded in the Company’s discretion and which would otherwise confer rights on the Customer.

15.7 The Customer further agrees that where the Company has rights in addition to those under Part 4 of the PPSA, those

rights shall continue to apply.

AP

PE

ND

IX


BNEDOCS LSI Hamilton Lighting Systems PTD LTD - Terms of Trade

15.8 The Customer’s right to possession of Goods still owned by the Company under these Conditions shall cease to exist if:-

(a) the Customer being an individual, commits an act of bankruptcy;

(b) the Customer being an individual, commits an act of bankruptcy;

(c) the Customer being a Company, circumstances arise where a receiver, manager, administrator or controller becomes entitled to take possession of any assets, any proceedings are instituted for winding up, or the Customer entering into a Deed of Company Arrangement,

(d) the Customer ceasing or threatening to cease conducting business on the normal manner or applying for

deregistration or receives a deregistration notice;

(e) any cheque the Customer provides to the Company is dishonoured for payment;

(f) the Customer failing to comply with any demand for payment issued by the Company; or

(g) the Customer breaching any of the terms and conditions contained herein and/or is in default of any other agreement between the company and the Customer.

15.9 The Customer expressly and irrevocably agrees that the Company is entitled to enter any premises where the Goods

supplied by the Company are located to repossess, remove and sell such goods. The Customer (its successors or assigns, including any external manager or administrator) shall not object to the company, or its agents, entering the premises for the purpose of this clause and agrees to indemnify and the Company indemnified in respect of any claims, actions and costs that may arise against the company in relation to the removal, repossession and sale of the Goods pursuant to these Conditions including any claims brought by third parties.

15.10 The Customer agrees that repossession and retention of the Goods pursuant to the PPSA will only satisfy so much of

the monies which may become payable to the Company by the Customer, as is equivalent to the Company’s estimation of the market value of the Goods as it is at the date of repossession and the retention and repossession will immediately extinguish any rights for interest the Company has on value of the Goods recovered.

15.11 Until ownership of the Goods passes, the Customer must not give the Company a written demand or allow any other

person to give the Company a written demand requiring the Company to register a financing change statement under PPSA or enter into or allow any other person to enter into the personal property securities register a financing change statement under PPSA.

15.12 The Customer agrees not to change the Customer’s name or undertake any changes to any documents that the

Company has registered, requires to be registered or are capable of being registered without the prior written consent of the Company.

16. CHARGE

The Customer hereby charges all property, both equitable and legal, present and future of mine/ours and the company/trustee company/trust/sole trader/partnership (as applicable), in respect of any monies that may hereafter be owing to the Company under a credit application and or these Conditions by the Customer or otherwise and hereby authorises the Company or its solicitors to execute any consent form under as its attorney for the purpose of registering a mortgage or caveat over any real property owned by the Customer and any of the company/trustee company/trust/sole trader/partnership (as applicable) at any time, or to register this charge over assets of the Customer with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. The costs and stamp duty payable on the mortgage or caveat or charge are payable by the Customer.

17. CANCELLATION OF ORDERS

No order may be cancelled by the Customer except with the consent in writing of the Company and on the condition that the Customer will indemnify the Company against all losses resulting from such cancellation.

231 Hol t Street , P inkenba QLD 4008

leading the way in innovative led lighting and control solutons lighting catalog 1st edition

Documents